WO2019172438A1 - Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for producing semiconductor chip with protective film - Google Patents

Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for producing semiconductor chip with protective film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019172438A1
WO2019172438A1 PCT/JP2019/009439 JP2019009439W WO2019172438A1 WO 2019172438 A1 WO2019172438 A1 WO 2019172438A1 JP 2019009439 W JP2019009439 W JP 2019009439W WO 2019172438 A1 WO2019172438 A1 WO 2019172438A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
protective film
forming
sensitive adhesive
film
pressure
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/009439
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
山本 大輔
裕之 米山
Original Assignee
リンテック株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by リンテック株式会社 filed Critical リンテック株式会社
Priority to JP2020504064A priority Critical patent/JP7182603B2/en
Publication of WO2019172438A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019172438A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/50Working by transmitting the laser beam through or within the workpiece
    • B23K26/53Working by transmitting the laser beam through or within the workpiece for modifying or reforming the material inside the workpiece, e.g. for producing break initiation cracks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a protective film-forming composite sheet and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
  • This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-043566 for which it applied to Japan on March 9, 2018, and uses the content here.
  • a semiconductor device using a mounting method called a so-called face-down method has been manufactured.
  • a semiconductor chip having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to a substrate. For this reason, the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor chip may be exposed.
  • a resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the exposed back surface of the semiconductor chip, and may be taken into the semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
  • the protective film is used to prevent cracks from occurring in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
  • a support sheet having an adhesive layer on a substrate, and a protective film forming film for forming a protective film provided on the adhesive layer A composite sheet for forming a protective film is used.
  • the protective film forming film can form a protective film by curing, and the support sheet can be used as a dicing sheet, and the protective film forming film and the dicing sheet are integrated. It is possible to obtain a composite sheet for forming a resin film (see Patent Document 1).
  • the manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip using the composite sheet for resin film formation since the semiconductor wafer is simultaneously attached to the protective film formation film and the dicing sheet, the number of steps can be reduced as compared with the conventional method in which these are performed separately, Cost can be reduced.
  • a method of dividing the semiconductor wafer together with the protective film a method of dicing the semiconductor wafer using a dicing blade is widely used.
  • the division method using the cool expand does not involve the formation of a cutting portion by the dicing blade in the semiconductor wafer, and more semiconductor chips can be obtained from the semiconductor wafer, and no cutting waste is generated.
  • the advantage There is a film adhesive for die bonding of semiconductor chips to the circuit forming surface of a substrate, but the above dividing method has so far been a composite for resin film formation using this film adhesive as the resin film. In the case of a sheet, it has been mainly used (see Patent Documents 2 and 3).
  • Such a method can be applied to a semiconductor wafer provided with a film for forming a curable protective film or a protective film that is a cured product thereof as the resin film, as long as the above dividing method by cool expand can be applied. It is extremely useful as a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip provided with a protective film.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet that meets the pickup suitability is expanded in the plane direction, the distance between the semiconductor chips is expanded, and a shift occurs between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet.
  • the end portion of the semiconductor chip is momentarily peeled off, leaving a mark at the boundary between the peeled portion and the non-peeled portion (sometimes referred to as a “floating mark” in this specification), and the design properties are lowered.
  • the chip and the protective film are inspected visually or by an infrared laser, but there is a possibility that the floating mark may hinder the inspection efficiency.
  • the present invention applies a dividing method by cool expanding at a temperature lower than normal temperature, and produces a protective-coated semiconductor chip using a film for forming a curable protective film.
  • Protective film forming composite sheet capable of satisfactorily picking up a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and a semiconductor film with a protective film using the same
  • An object is to provide a method for manufacturing a chip.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is not more than a predetermined value. And having a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. equal to or higher than a predetermined value, and using a thermosetting film as a protective film-forming film, it is adhesive after being cool expanded.
  • the adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film are partially peeled off, resulting in floating marks, but the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer decreases in the subsequent heat-curing process, and the adhesive layer and the protective film It has been found that, by re-adhering, the floating marks can be eliminated, the semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up well, and the object can be achieved.
  • the present invention is as follows. [1] A substrate, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and a thermosetting protective film-forming film are provided in this order, A protective film having a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of 0.16 MPa or less and a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of 0.10 MPa or more of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Composite sheet for forming. [2] The protective sheet-forming composite sheet according to [1], wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of 0.01 MPa or more.
  • thermosetting protective film-forming film side of the protective film-forming composite sheet according to any one of [1] to [5]; , Irradiating a semiconductor wafer with laser light to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer; and Cool expanding the laminate at a temperature lower than room temperature, and dividing the semiconductor wafer and the thermosetting protective film forming film,
  • a process for producing a semiconductor chip with a protective film comprising: heating and curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film of the laminate to form a protective film.
  • thermosetting protective film-forming film by applying a dividing method by cool expand at a temperature lower than room temperature
  • the adhesion generated after the cool expansion is performed.
  • Protective film-forming composite sheet that can eliminate the residual trace between the agent layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film and that can satisfactorily pick up the semiconductor chip with the protective film, and the same A method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film is provided.
  • the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention comprises a base material, an adhesive layer, and a film for forming a thermosetting protective film in this order.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) is 0.16 MPa or less, and the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. is 0.10 MPa or more.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.16 MPa or less, preferably 0.15 MPa or less, preferably 0.10 MPa. Or less, more preferably 0.06 MPa or less.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.10 MPa or more, preferably 0.15 MPa or more, more preferably 0.20 MPa or more, and 0.25 MPa. The above is particularly preferable.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, the semiconductor chip with a protective film is too close to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after the thermosetting protective film-forming film is thermally cured. Therefore, the semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up satisfactorily.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention has a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of 0.degree. C. so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is too soft and does not protrude from the end during thermosetting.
  • the pressure is more preferably 01 MPa or more, and particularly preferably 0.02 MPa or more. That is, the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.16 MPa or less, preferably 0.01 MPa or more and 0.16 MPa or less, more preferably 0.01 MPa or more and 0.15 MPa or less.
  • 0.01 MPa or more and 0.10 MPa or less are more preferable, 0.01 MPa or more and 0.06 MPa or less are particularly preferable, and 0.02 MPa or more and 0.06 MPa or less are most preferable.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 1.0 MPa or less so that the pickup is suppressed, the chip scattering is prevented, and the target semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up with high selectivity.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.10 MPa or more, preferably 0.10 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, more preferably 0.15 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less. 0.20 MPa to 0.4 MPa is more preferable, and 0.25 MPa to 0.4 MPa is particularly preferable.
  • thermosetting protective film forming film means a film before thermosetting
  • protective film means a film obtained by curing a thermosetting protective film forming film. To do.
  • what is formed by laminating at least the base material and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be referred to as a “support sheet”.
  • thermosetting protective film-forming film even after the thermosetting protective film-forming film is thermally cured, the cured product of the base material, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the thermosetting protective film-forming film (in other words, the support As long as the laminated structure of the sheet and the protective film is maintained, this laminated structure is referred to as a “protective film forming composite sheet”.
  • normal temperature means a temperature that is not particularly cooled or heated, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C.
  • cool expand refers to applying a force that expands in a direction parallel to the surface of a semiconductor wafer at a temperature lower than room temperature (eg, ⁇ 20 to 10 ° C.).
  • the “storage modulus” is a tensile mode, a frequency of 11 Hz, a temperature rising rate of 3 ° C./min, using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device as a sample of a 200 ⁇ m thick adhesive layer. A value measured under the measurement conditions of a measurement temperature range of ⁇ 20 ° C. to 150 ° C. and a measurement interval of 1 ° C.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the present invention.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 shown here includes a base material 11, an adhesive layer 12, and a thermosetting protective film-forming film 13 in this order.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is 0.16 MPa or less, and the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. is 0.10 MPa or more.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 further includes a release film 15 on the thermosetting protective film-forming film 13, and the release film 15 is removed when the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 is used.
  • the thermosetting protective film forming film 13 becomes a protective film by thermosetting.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the surface 11 a of the substrate 11, and the thermosetting protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on a part of the surface 12 a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. Yes. And among the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, it is on the exposed surface in which the film 13 for thermosetting protective film formation is not laminated
  • the release film 15 is laminated.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet is a laser beam from the support sheet side to the thermosetting protective film-forming film or to the protective film after thermosetting the thermosetting protective film-forming film. It is preferable that the support sheet is transparent to the laser light of the laser printing so that the laser light can be transmitted through the support sheet and laser printing can be performed.
  • the semiconductor wafer is irradiated with infrared laser light from the support sheet side (SD), and the infrared laser light is transmitted through the support sheet and the inside of the semiconductor wafer.
  • the support sheet has transparency to laser light in the infrared region so that the modified layer can be formed.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film with the semiconductor wafer is subjected to cool expansion (CE), whereby the semiconductor wafer is divided into individual pieces starting from the formation site of the modified layer of the semiconductor wafer.
  • CE cool expansion
  • the thermosetting protective film forming film or the protective film has been cleaved reliably, the semiconductor chip is not chipped, or the laser light during the infrared inspection passes through the support sheet and the state of the semiconductor chip
  • the support sheet is transparent to the laser beam used for infrared inspection, and the thermosetting protective film forming film is colored so that the manufacturing efficiency of the semiconductor device can be suppressed. It is preferable that Thereby, it can be easily inspected whether or not the thermosetting protective film forming film or the protective film has been reliably cleaved, and a decrease in the manufacturing efficiency of the semiconductor device can be suppressed.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the present invention.
  • the same elements as those shown in FIG. 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 1, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • a thermosetting protective film-forming film 23 is laminated on the entire surface 12 a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and part of the surface 23 a of the thermosetting protective film-forming film 23.
  • the adhesive layer 16 for jigs is laminated
  • the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 has the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) attached to the surface 23a of the film 23 for forming a thermosetting protective film with the release film 15 removed,
  • the upper surface of the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the present invention is not limited to the one shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, and a part of the structure shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is changed or deleted within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • other configurations may be added to those described above.
  • the thermosetting protective film-forming film is cured by heating to become a protective film.
  • This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip.
  • the protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached.
  • the tensile elastic modulus (also referred to as Young's modulus) of the protective film-forming film is about 1 ⁇ 10 6 to 1 ⁇ 10 8 Pa at 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the tensile elastic modulus (also referred to as Young's modulus) of the protective film obtained by heat curing is hardened to about 1 ⁇ 10 8 to 5.4 ⁇ 10 9 Pa at 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the tensile elastic modulus (also referred to as Young's modulus) of the protective film-forming film or protective film can be measured according to JIS K7161: 1994.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is a laminate provided with a support sheet, a thermosetting protective film forming film, and a semiconductor wafer in this order in a manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip with a protective film to be described later. Used when preparing the body.
  • a support sheet used when preparing the body.
  • the base material is in the form of a sheet or film, and its constituent material is cold resistance having a loss tangent (tan ⁇ ) at ⁇ 15 ° C. of 0.05 or more when dynamic viscoelasticity is measured. It is preferable to select a polymer that is excellent in heat resistance and that has a storage elastic modulus at 80 ° C. (G ′ (80)) of 35.0 MPa or more.
  • a polymer having excellent heat resistance is preferably a so-called hard polymer, a polymer having a high Tg, and a polymer having excellent cold resistance is preferably a so-called soft polymer or a polymer having a low Tg.
  • the loss tangent (tan ⁇ ) at ⁇ 15 ° C. can be determined under the same conditions as the storage elastic modulus measurement.
  • the loss tangent (tan ⁇ ) at ⁇ 15 ° C. when dynamic viscoelasticity is measured is 0.05 or more
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (80)) at 80 ° C. is 35.0 MPa or more.
  • various heat resistant resins are added with a soft component such as a low Tg resin to impart cold resistance, and impart cold resistance.
  • a rubber component is added and modified, and a heat-resistant resin layer and a cold-resistant resin layer are laminated to form two or three layers.
  • the heat resistant resin preferably has a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (80)) at 80 ° C.
  • a resin having cold resistance a resin having a loss tangent (tan ⁇ ) at ⁇ 15 ° C. of 0.05 or more when dynamic viscoelasticity is measured is preferably low density polyethylene (LDPE) or linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE). And polyethylene (PE) such as high density polyethylene (HDPE).
  • LDPE low density polyethylene
  • LLDPE linear low density polyethylene
  • PE polyethylene
  • HDPE high density polyethylene
  • examples of the base resin that can be used include polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic Ethylene copolymers such as acid copolymers, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymers, ethylene-norbornene copolymers (copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer); polyvinyl chloride, chloride Vinyl chloride resins such as vinyl copolymers (resins obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalenedicarboxy rate Polyesters such as wholly aromatic polyesters in which all of the structural units have aromatic cyclic groups; copolymers of two or
  • (meth) acrylic acid is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”. The same applies to terms similar to (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the resin constituting the substrate may be only one type or two or more types. When two or more kinds of resins are included in the base material, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the thickness of the substrate is preferably 15 to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 50 to 200 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 60 to 150 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the substrate means the thickness of the entire substrate.
  • the thickness of the substrate composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate. means.
  • the substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers.
  • a base material consists of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited.
  • the total thickness of each layer may be set to the preferable thickness of the substrate.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the surface (surface) provided with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the substrate is preferably 0.001 to 0.1 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.005 to 0.08 ⁇ m, and A thickness of 01 to 0.04 ⁇ m is particularly preferable.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the substrate surface means a so-called arithmetic average roughness obtained in accordance with JIS B0601: 2001.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the substrate surface can be adjusted by, for example, molding conditions of the substrate, surface treatment conditions, and the like.
  • an infrared laser beam is irradiated so as to be focused on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer, and a modified layer is formed inside the semiconductor wafer.
  • a force is applied to the semiconductor wafer to divide the semiconductor wafer from the formation site of the modified layer and separate it into pieces.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet provided with such a substrate has a modified layer in the semiconductor wafer described above. It is suitable for use when forming a semiconductor wafer into individual pieces.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) opposite to the surface (front surface) provided with the adhesive layer of the substrate in other words, the surface (surface) provided with the protective film forming film of the support sheet.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the opposite surface (back surface) is preferably 0.001 to 4 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.005 to 3.7 ⁇ m, and 0.01 to 3.4 ⁇ m. More preferably, the thickness is 0.02 to 3.1 ⁇ m.
  • the infrared laser beam can pass through the support sheet to form a modified layer in the semiconductor wafer, and a protective film.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the back surface of the base material can be adjusted by, for example, molding conditions of the base material, surface treatment conditions, and the like.
  • the resin that is the material of the base material may be cross-linked.
  • the resin that is the material of the base material may be a sheet formed by extrusion molding of a thermoplastic resin, or may be a stretched sheet, and a thin layer formed by a known means of a curable resin. It may be formed into a sheet by forming and curing. Further, the base material may be colored or printed.
  • the base material is preferably one containing polypropylene because it has excellent heat resistance and appropriate flexibility, so that it has cool expandability and good pick-up properties.
  • the base material containing polypropylene may be, for example, a single layer or a plurality of layers made of only polypropylene, or a multiple layer base material in which a polypropylene layer and a resin layer other than polypropylene are laminated. May be.
  • the protective film-forming film can effectively suppress the support sheet from being bent even under conditions in which the thermosetting protective film-forming film is heat-cured because the substrate has heat resistance.
  • the base material is preferably one having high thickness accuracy, that is, one in which variation in thickness is suppressed regardless of the part.
  • materials that can be used to construct such a substrate with high thickness accuracy include polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, and the like. Is mentioned.
  • the base material contains various known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer) in addition to the main constituent material such as the resin. May be.
  • the substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
  • the substrate is subjected to a roughening treatment such as sandblast treatment, solvent treatment, corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment.
  • the surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone / ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
  • the base material may have a surface subjected to primer treatment.
  • the base material prevents the base material from adhering to other sheets or the base material from adhering to the adsorption table when the antistatic coating layer and the protective film-forming composite sheet are stored in an overlapping manner. It may have a layer or the like.
  • the base material can be manufactured by a known method.
  • a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the resin.
  • Adhesive layer is a sheet form or a film form, and the storage elastic modulus (G '(70)) in 70 degreeC is 0.16 Mpa or less and the storage elasticity in 23 degreeC about the physical property of the adhesive to contain.
  • the rate (G ′ (23)) is adjusted to 0.10 MPa or more.
  • the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, ester resins, and acrylic resins are preferable. .
  • the “adhesive resin” is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin.
  • the resin itself has an adhesive property
  • resins that exhibit tackiness when used in combination with other components such as additives, and resins that exhibit adhesiveness due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers.
  • the plurality of layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 60 ⁇ m, still more preferably 1 to 30 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 3 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the “thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer” means the thickness of the whole pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers is the total of all layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the thickness.
  • the optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer only need to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.
  • “energy beam” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quanta, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays, radiation, and electron beams.
  • Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated, for example, by using a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, an LED lamp or the like as an ultraviolet ray source.
  • the electron beam can be emitted by an electron beam accelerator or the like.
  • “energy ray curable” means the property of being cured by irradiation with energy rays
  • “non-energy ray curable” means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy rays. .
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • an adhesive layer can be formed in the target site
  • a more specific method for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer will be described later in detail, along with methods for forming other layers.
  • the ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • “normal temperature” is as described above.
  • the adhesive composition may be applied by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater. And a method using various coaters such as a Meyer bar coater and a kiss coater.
  • the drying conditions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are not particularly limited, but when the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a solvent described later, it is preferably heated and dried. In this case, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to It is preferable to dry under conditions of 5 minutes.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive that is, the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, for example, non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive
  • Energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the linear-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) hereinafter referred to as “adhesive resin (I-2a)”
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
  • the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
  • the acrylic resin the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
  • the acrylic resin may have only one type of structural unit, or two or more types of structural units. When the structural units possessed by the acrylic resin are two or more, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred. More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, (meth) acrylic acid isooctyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-
  • the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group has 4 or more carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having 4 or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
  • the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate.
  • a functional group-containing monomer for example, when the functional group reacts with a crosslinking agent described later, it becomes a starting point of crosslinking, and the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in the unsaturated group-containing compound described later.
  • transduction of an unsaturated group to the side chain of an acrylic polymer is mentioned.
  • Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and an epoxy group. That is, examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohols (also referred to as unsaturated alcohols having no (meth) acryloyl skeleton), and the like can be given.
  • carboxy group-containing monomer examples include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid (also referred to as monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as citraconic acid (also referred to as dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate Examples include esters.
  • monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid
  • fumaric acid, itaconic acid maleic acid
  • Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as citraconic acid (also referred to as dicarboxylic acids having an
  • the functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
  • the functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more functional group-containing monomers, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 2 to 32% by mass with respect to the total mass of the structural unit.
  • the content is preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
  • the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.
  • the other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
  • Examples of the other monomer include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide and the like.
  • the other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the said other monomer is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
  • the acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the functional group in the acrylic polymer is reacted with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy beam polymerizable unsaturated group (also referred to as energy beam polymerizable group). It can be used as an adhesive resin (I-2a).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one type or two or more types.
  • the adhesive resin (I-1a) is two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, particularly preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays.
  • examples of the monomer include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and 1,4.
  • Polybutyl (meth) acrylates such as butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy ( And (meth) acrylate.
  • examples of the oligomer include an oligomer formed by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.
  • the energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer from the viewpoint that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly lowered.
  • the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types. When the energy ray curable compounds are two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It is more preferably 5 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 85% by mass.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
  • the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a).
  • the cross-linking agent include tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (also referred to as cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group), and epoxy-based cross-linking such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether.
  • Aziridine-based crosslinking agent also referred to as a crosslinking agent having an aziridinyl group
  • Aziridine-based crosslinking agent such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] triphosphatriazine
  • Metal such as aluminum chelate
  • examples thereof include chelate-based cross-linking agents (also referred to as cross-linking agents having a metal chelate structure); isocyanurate-based cross-linking agents (also referred to as cross-linking agents having an isocyanuric acid skeleton).
  • the crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent from the viewpoints of improving the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improving the pressure-sensitive adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and being easily available.
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more crosslinking agents are used, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with a curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy Acetophenone compounds such as -2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Sulfidation of benzylphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide, etc.
  • benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethy
  • An ⁇ -ketol compound such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; an azo compound such as azobisisobutyronitrile; a titanocene compound such as titanocene; a thioxanthone compound such as thioxanthone; a peroxide compound; a diketone compound such as diacetyl; Benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
  • a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone
  • a photosensitizer such as amine
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When the said photoinitiator is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound.
  • the amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by weight.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • the other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (also referred to as plasticizers), fillers (also referred to as fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes, etc.), and sensitization.
  • Known additives such as an agent, a tackifier, a reaction retarder, and a crosslinking accelerator (also referred to as a catalyst) can be used.
  • the reaction retarding agent means, for example, an undesired crosslinking reaction in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of the catalyst mixed in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It suppresses progress.
  • the reaction retarder include those that form a chelate complex by chelation against a catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (—C ( ⁇ O) —) in one molecule. Can be mentioned.
  • the above-mentioned other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the said other additive is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (also referred to as carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; cyclohexane, n- Examples thereof include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.
  • the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be used as it is in the adhesive composition (I-1) without being removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the same or different type of solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be added separately during the production of the adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more solvents are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is an energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
  • the adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
  • the unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
  • the energy beam polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (also referred to as ethenyl group), allyl group (also referred to as 2-propenyl group), and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable. .
  • Examples of the group capable of binding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxyl group and an amino group that can be bonded to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
  • Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be one type or two or more types.
  • the adhesive resin (I-2a) is two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2).
  • the content is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 90% by mass.
  • an adhesive composition ( I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
  • Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same crosslinking agents as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more crosslinking agents are used, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by weight.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more photopolymerization initiators, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). 0.03 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more other additives, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more solvents are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3). It is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, particularly preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays. Examples thereof include the same energy ray curable compounds contained in the product (I-1).
  • the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types. When the energy ray curable compounds are two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 0.01 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). It is preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more photopolymerization initiators, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to about 100 parts by mass of the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray curable compound.
  • the amount is preferably 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more other additives, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types. When two or more solvents are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • Non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions include, for example, acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester resin, etc.
  • An adhesive composition (I-4) containing an adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferable, and an adhesive composition containing an acrylic resin is preferred.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contains one or more kinds of crosslinking agents, and the content thereof is the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It can be the same as in the case of (I-1).
  • Adhesive resin (I-1a) examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be one type or two or more types. When the adhesive resin (I-1a) is two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4). It is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, particularly preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
  • Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same crosslinking agents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more crosslinking agents are used, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more other additives, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more solvents are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately adjusted.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive and components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive, if necessary.
  • the order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
  • a solvent it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance.
  • the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
  • the temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
  • the support sheet is formed by laminating the base material and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and corresponds to a sheet serving as a dicing sheet for protecting the surface of the protective film-forming film in a dicing process or the like. To do.
  • the thickness of the support sheet may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but can provide sufficient flexibility to the protective film-forming composite sheet. In view of handling at the time of manufacture, the thickness is preferably 10 to 500 ⁇ m, more preferably 20 to 350 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 30 to 200 ⁇ m.
  • the “thickness of the support sheet” means the total value of the thickness of the base material and the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Note that, at least one surface of the support sheet can be an uneven surface, but the thickness of the support sheet is calculated with the tip of the convex portion as one starting point at a portion including the convex portion on the uneven surface of the support sheet. That's fine.
  • “thickness” can be obtained by measuring the thickness using, for example, a constant pressure thickness measuring instrument at five randomly selected locations and calculating the average of the measured values.
  • the support sheet is preferably transparent for the above reasons. However, it may be opaque and may be colored according to the purpose as long as the transparency of a predetermined laser wavelength and the inspectability for cleaving can be ensured.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%. That is, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1342 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • a modified layer can be satisfactorily formed inside a semiconductor wafer, and when a protective film-forming film or protective film is irradiated with a laser beam through a support sheet and printed on these, it becomes clearer. Can be printed.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1342 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1342 nm is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%.
  • thermosetting protective film A film for forming a thermosetting protective film
  • the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is thermosetting, and finally becomes a protective film having high impact resistance after being subjected to thermosetting.
  • This protective film prevents the occurrence of cracks in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process, for example.
  • the protective film-forming film can be formed using a thermosetting protective film-forming composition described later.
  • thermosetting protective film-forming film may be a single layer (single layer) or a multilayer of two or more layers.
  • these layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 to 75 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is equal to or greater than the lower limit, the adhesive force to the adherend semiconductor wafer and semiconductor chip is further increased.
  • the thickness of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is not more than the above upper limit value, the protective film that is a cured product can be more easily cleaved using a shearing force at the time of cool expansion.
  • thermosetting protective film examples include those containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B).
  • the polymer component (A) is a component that can be regarded as formed by polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound.
  • the thermosetting component (B) is a component that can undergo a curing (polymerization) reaction using heat as a reaction trigger.
  • the polymerization reaction includes a polycondensation reaction.
  • the “thermosetting protective film-forming film” is also simply referred to as “protective film-forming film”.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm, and preferably 52 to 1450 mN / 25 mm. Is more preferable, and 53 to 1430 mN / 25 mm is particularly preferable.
  • the adhesive force is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, pickup of a semiconductor chip with a protective film other than the target is suppressed during pickup of the semiconductor chip with a protective film, and the target semiconductor chip with a protective film is highly selectively picked up. it can.
  • the adhesive force is equal to or less than the upper limit value, cracking and chipping of the semiconductor chip are suppressed when the semiconductor chip with a protective film is picked up.
  • the adhesive force is within a specific range, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has good pickup suitability.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film and the adhesive layer can be measured by the following method. That is, a protective film-forming composite sheet having a width of 25 mm and an arbitrary length is attached to an adherend by the protective film-forming film. Next, the protective film-forming film is thermally cured to form a protective film, and then the support sheet is peeled off from the protective film attached to the adherend at a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. The peeling at this time is such that the supporting sheet is in the length direction (the length direction of the composite sheet for forming the protective film) so that the surfaces of the protective film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that are in contact with each other form an angle of 180 °. The so-called 180 ° peeling is performed. And the load (peeling force) at the time of this 180 degree
  • the length of the composite sheet for forming a protective film used for the measurement is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force can be stably detected, but is preferably 100 to 300 mm. In the measurement, it is preferable that the protective sheet-forming composite sheet is stuck on the adherend and the sticking state of the protective film-forming composite sheet is stabilized.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 80 mN / 25 mm or more, preferably 100 mN / 25 mm or more, It is more preferably 150 mN / 25 mm or more, and particularly preferably 200 mN / 25 mm or more.
  • peeling between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is suppressed during dicing.
  • a semiconductor chip having a protective film-forming film on the back surface is removed from the support sheet. Scattering is suppressed.
  • the upper limit value of the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be any of, for example, 4000 mN / 25 mm, 3000 mN / 25 mm, 2000 mN / 25 mm, and the like. That is, the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 80 to 4000 mN / 25 mm, more preferably 100 to 4000 mN / 25 mm, further preferably 150 to 3000 mN / 25 mm, and 200 to 2000 mN / 25 mm. Is particularly preferred. However, these are examples.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is the same as the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet, except that the protective film-forming film used for measurement is not thermally cured. It can be measured in the same way.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are, for example, the types and amounts of the components contained in the protective film-forming film, It can adjust suitably by adjusting the constituent material of an agent layer, the surface state of an adhesive layer, etc.
  • the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming film can be adjusted by the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming composition described below. And among the components of the composition for forming a protective film, for example, the type and content of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group, the content of the filler (d), or the crosslinking agent (f) By adjusting the content of, the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be adjusted more easily.
  • the constituent material can be adjusted as appropriate by adjusting the type and amount of components contained in the adhesive layer. .
  • the kind and quantity of the component of an adhesive layer can be adjusted with the kind and quantity of the component of an above-mentioned adhesive composition.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not limited to the constituent material of the base material. The surface condition of the substrate can also be adjusted.
  • the surface state of the base material is, for example, the surface treatment mentioned above as improving the adhesion with the other layers of the base material, that is, the concavo-convex treatment by sandblasting, solvent treatment, etc .; corona discharge treatment, It can be adjusted by performing any one of an electron beam irradiation treatment, a plasma treatment, an ozone / ultraviolet ray irradiation treatment, a flame treatment, a chromic acid treatment, a hot air treatment and the like; and a primer treatment.
  • the protective film-forming film is thermosetting and has energy beam curable properties, and may contain, for example, an energy beam curable component (a).
  • the energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably tacky, and more preferably uncured and tacky.
  • the protective film-forming film may be a single layer (single layer) or a plurality of layers of two or more layers.
  • these layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 to 75 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or more than the lower limit value, a protective film having higher protective ability can be formed.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit, an excessive thickness is suppressed.
  • the “thickness of the protective film-forming film” means the thickness of the entire protective film-forming film.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the protective film-forming film.
  • the curing conditions for forming the protective film by curing the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited as long as the protective film has a degree of curing that sufficiently exhibits its function, and the type of the protective film-forming film is not limited. Accordingly, it may be appropriately selected.
  • the heating temperature during curing of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is preferably 100 ° C. or higher and 200 ° C. or lower, more preferably 110 ° C. or higher and 180 ° C. or lower, and 120 ° C. or higher and 170 ° C. or lower. It is particularly preferred.
  • the heating time during the curing is preferably 0.5 hours or more and 5 hours or less, more preferably 0.5 hours or more and 3 hours or less, and particularly preferably 1 hour or more and 2 hours or less. preferable.
  • the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film containing the constituent materials.
  • the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film is applied to the surface to be formed of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, and dried as necessary to form a thermosetting protective film on the target site.
  • a film can be formed.
  • the ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the thermosetting protective film-forming composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the thermosetting protective film-forming film.
  • “normal temperature” is as described above.
  • thermosetting protective film-forming composition can be performed, for example, in the same manner as in the case of application of the above-described pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the drying conditions of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film are not particularly limited, but when the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film contains a solvent to be described later, it is preferably dried by heating. For example, drying is preferably performed at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • composition for forming protective film (III-1) for example, a composition (III-1) for forming a thermosetting protective film containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) (in this specification) May be abbreviated as “composition for forming protective film (III-1)”).
  • the polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film-forming properties, flexibility and the like to the thermosetting protective film-forming film.
  • the polymer component (A) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more polymer components (A), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Examples of the polymer component (A) include an acrylic resin (a resin having a (meth) acryloyl group), a polyester, a urethane resin (a resin having a urethane bond), an acrylic urethane resin, and a silicone resin (having a siloxane bond). Resin), rubber resin (resin having a rubber structure), phenoxy resin, thermosetting polyimide and the like, and acrylic resin is preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably 10,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 100,000 to 1500,000.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is equal to or more than the lower limit, the shape stability (time stability during storage) of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is improved.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is not more than the above upper limit value, the thermosetting protective film forming film easily follows the uneven surface of the adherend, and the adherend and the thermosetting protective film are formed. Occurrence of voids and the like with the film is further suppressed.
  • “weight average molecular weight” means a polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is preferably ⁇ 60 to 70 ° C., more preferably ⁇ 30 to 50 ° C.
  • Tg of the acrylic resin is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peelability of the support sheet is improved.
  • the adhesive force with the to-be-adhered body of the thermosetting protective film formation film and a protective film improves because Tg of acrylic resin is below the said upper limit.
  • the “glass transition temperature (Tg)” is represented by the temperature of the inflection point of the DSC curve obtained by measuring the DSC curve of the sample using a differential scanning calorimeter.
  • the acrylic resin is selected from, for example, a polymer of one or more (meth) acrylic acid esters; (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, N-methylolacrylamide, and the like. Examples include copolymers of two or more monomers.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester constituting the acrylic resin include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) N-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Heptyl acid, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate , Undecyl (me
  • the acrylic resin is, for example, one or more monomers selected from (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, N-methylolacrylamide and the like in addition to the (meth) acrylic ester. May be obtained by copolymerization.
  • the monomer constituting the acrylic resin may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more monomers constituting the acrylic resin, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the acrylic resin may have a functional group that can be bonded to other compounds such as a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an isocyanate group.
  • the functional group of the acrylic resin may be bonded to another compound via a cross-linking agent (F) described later, or may be directly bonded to another compound not via the cross-linking agent (F). .
  • F cross-linking agent
  • thermoplastic resin other than the acrylic resin (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “thermoplastic resin”) may be used in combination with the acrylic resin.
  • thermoplastic resin By using the thermoplastic resin, the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet is improved, and the film for forming the thermosetting protective film can easily follow the uneven surface of the adherend. Generation of voids and the like may be further suppressed between the protective film-forming film.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the thermoplastic resin is preferably 1000 to 100,000, more preferably 3000 to 80,000.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the thermoplastic resin is preferably ⁇ 30 to 150 ° C., and more preferably ⁇ 20 to 120 ° C.
  • thermoplastic resin examples include polyester, polyurethane, phenoxy resin, polybutene, polybutadiene, and polystyrene.
  • thermoplastic resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • thermoplastic resin is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
  • the polymer component (A) with respect to the total content of all components other than the solvent also referred to as the total mass of the solid content of the protective film forming composition (III-1))
  • Content ratio that is, the content of the polymer component (A) of the thermosetting protective film-forming film
  • the polymer component (A) may also correspond to the thermosetting component (B).
  • the protective film-forming composition (III-1) contains components corresponding to both the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B)
  • the protective film-forming composition is used.
  • the composition (III-1) is considered to contain a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B).
  • thermosetting component (B) is a component for curing a thermosetting protective film-forming film to form a hard protective film.
  • the thermosetting component (B) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more thermosetting components (B), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • thermosetting component (B) examples include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, and silicone resins, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferable.
  • the epoxy thermosetting resin includes an epoxy resin (B1) and a thermosetting agent (B2).
  • the epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more epoxy thermosetting resins, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Epoxy resin (B1) examples include known ones such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, orthocresol novolac epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, Biphenyl type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins, and the like, and bifunctional or higher functional epoxy compounds are listed.
  • an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used as the epoxy resin (B1).
  • An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is more compatible with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
  • Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group. Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple
  • the unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include an ethenyl group (also referred to as a vinyl group), a 2-propenyl group (also referred to as an allyl group), and a (meth) acryloyl group. , (Meth) acrylamide groups and the like, and an acryloyl group is preferred.
  • the “derivative” means one obtained by substituting one or more hydrogen atoms of the original compound with a group (substituent) other than a hydrogen atom.
  • the number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, but is 300 to 30000 from the viewpoint of the curability of the thermosetting protective film-forming film and the strength and heat resistance of the cured protective film. Preferably, it is 300 to 10,000, more preferably 300 to 3000.
  • the “number average molecular weight” means a number average molecular weight represented by a standard polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
  • the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably 100 to 1100 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 1000 g / eq.
  • the “epoxy equivalent” means the number of grams (g / eq) of an epoxy compound containing 1 gram equivalent of an epoxy group, and can be measured according to the method of JIS K 7236: 2001.
  • the epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types of epoxy resins (B1) together, those combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • thermosetting agent (B2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (B1).
  • a thermosetting agent (B2) the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example.
  • the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, a group in which an acid group has been anhydrideized, and the like, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group, or an acid group has been anhydrideized. It is preferably a group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
  • thermosetting agents (B2) examples of the phenolic curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenols, novolac-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resins, and aralkylphenolic resins.
  • examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “DICY”).
  • the thermosetting agent (B2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
  • examples of the thermosetting agent (B2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and the aromatic ring of the phenol resin. Examples thereof include compounds in which a group having a saturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded.
  • the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (B2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the epoxy resin having the unsaturated hydrocarbon group described above.
  • thermosetting agent (B2) When using a phenolic curing agent as the thermosetting agent (B2), it is preferable that the thermosetting agent (B2) has a high softening point or glass transition temperature in terms of improving the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet. .
  • the thermosetting agent (B2) is a solid that is solid at normal temperature and does not exhibit curing activity with respect to the epoxy resin (B1), while it is dissolved by heating and exhibits curing activity with respect to the epoxy resin (B1). It is preferably a curing agent (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent”).
  • the thermoactive latent epoxy resin curing agent is stably dispersed in the epoxy resin (B1) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film at room temperature, but is compatible with the epoxy resin (B1) by heating. Reacts with the epoxy resin (B1). By using the thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent, the storage stability of the protective film-forming composite sheet is significantly improved.
  • thermosetting deterioration of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is effectively suppressed.
  • thermosetting property by heating of the film for thermosetting protective film formation becomes higher, the pick-up property of the semiconductor chip with a protective film mentioned later improves more.
  • thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent examples include onium salts, dibasic acid hydrazides, dicyandiamide, and amine adducts of curing agents.
  • thermosetting agents (B2) for example, the number average molecular weight of resin components such as polyfunctional phenolic resin, novolac-type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resin, aralkylphenolic resin, etc. is preferably 300 to 30000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3000.
  • the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
  • thermosetting agent (B2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types of thermosetting agents (B2) together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
  • the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is 0. 0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the epoxy resin (B1).
  • the amount is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 200 parts by mass.
  • the content of the thermosetting component (B) (for example, the total content of the epoxy resin (B1) and the thermosetting agent (B2))
  • the amount is preferably 1 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 1.5 to 85 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer component (A). It is particularly preferred that When the content of the thermosetting component (B) is in such a range, the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peelability of the support sheet is improved.
  • the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a curing accelerator (C).
  • the curing accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the curing rate of the protective film-forming composition (III-1).
  • Preferred curing accelerators (C) include, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole Imidazoles such as 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole (one or more hydrogen atoms are other than hydrogen atoms)
  • Organic phosphines such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, triphenylphosphine (also referred to as phosphine in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with organic groups); tetraphenylphosphonium tetra Eniruboreto, tetraphenyl boron salts such as triphenyl phosphine
  • the curing accelerator (C) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more curing accelerators (C), the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the curing accelerator (C) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film is such that the thermosetting component (B)
  • the content is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass.
  • the effect by using a hardening accelerator (C) is acquired more notably because the said content of a hardening accelerator (C) is more than the said lower limit.
  • content of a hardening accelerator (C) is below the said upper limit, for example, a highly polar hardening accelerator (C) is in a film for thermosetting protective film formation under high temperature and high humidity conditions. In this case, the effect of suppressing the segregation by moving toward the adhesion interface with the adherend is increased, and the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved.
  • the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a filler (D).
  • the thermosetting protective film-forming film contains the filler (D)
  • the protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient.
  • the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming the protective film is further improved.
  • the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced or heat dissipation can be improved because the film for thermosetting protective film formation contains a filler (D).
  • the filler (D) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
  • Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, bengara, silicon carbide, boron nitride, and the like; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface modification of these inorganic fillers Products; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers and the like.
  • the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
  • the filler (D) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more fillers (D), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the total content of all components other than the solvent in the protective film forming composition (III-1) (the total mass of the solid content of the protective film forming composition (III-1))
  • the ratio of the content of the filler (D) to the content of the filler (D) is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, More preferably, it is 60 mass%. Adjustment of said thermal expansion coefficient becomes easier because content of a filler (D) is such a range.
  • the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a coupling agent (E).
  • a coupling agent (E) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound By using a coupling agent (E) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the thermosetting protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. it can.
  • the coupling agent (E) the protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film has improved water resistance without impairing heat resistance.
  • the coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the polymer component (A), the thermosetting component (B), etc., and is preferably a silane coupling agent. More preferred. Preferred examples of the silane coupling agent include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenyla
  • the coupling agent (E) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more coupling agents (E), the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the coupling agent (E) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film is such that the polymer component (A) and The amount is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by weight, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight as the total content of the thermosetting component (B).
  • the part by mass is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the coupling agent (E) is equal to or more than the lower limit, the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the resin is improved, and the thermosetting protective film-forming film is adhered to the adherend.
  • the effect by using a coupling agent (E), such as a property improvement, is acquired more notably.
  • production of an outgas is suppressed more because the said content of a coupling agent (E) is below the said upper limit.
  • Crosslinking agent (F) As the polymer component (A), those having functional groups such as vinyl group, (meth) acryloyl group, amino group, hydroxyl group, carboxy group, isocyanate group and the like that can be bonded to other compounds such as the above-mentioned acrylic resin.
  • the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film contain a crosslinking agent (F) for bonding the functional group with another compound to crosslink. Also good. By crosslinking using the crosslinking agent (F), the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the thermosetting protective film-forming film can be adjusted.
  • crosslinking agent (F) examples include an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an organic polyvalent imine compound, a metal chelate crosslinking agent (also referred to as a crosslinking agent having a metal chelate structure), and an aziridine crosslinking agent (a crosslinking agent having an aziridinyl group). Also).
  • organic polyvalent isocyanate compound examples include an aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as “aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the like”).
  • a trimer such as the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, isocyanurate and adduct; a terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the polyol compound. Etc.
  • the “adduct body” includes the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or the alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and a low amount such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil. It means a reaction product with a molecularly active hydrogen-containing compound, and examples thereof include an xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later.
  • the “terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer” is as described above.
  • organic polyvalent isocyanate compound for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Dimethylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate is added to all or some hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as propane. Or two or more compounds are added; lysine diisocyanate.
  • a polyol such as propane.
  • organic polyvalent imine compound examples include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri- ⁇ -aziridinylpropionate, and tetramethylolmethane.
  • -Tri- ⁇ -aziridinylpropionate, N, N′-toluene-2,4-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylenemelamine and the like.
  • crosslinking agent (F) When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (F), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the polymer component (A).
  • a reaction between the crosslinking agent (F) and the polymer component (A) results in a thermosetting protective film forming film.
  • a crosslinked structure can be easily introduced.
  • the crosslinking agent (F) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more crosslinking agents (F), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (F) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is 0. 0 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component (A).
  • the amount is preferably 01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the effect by using a crosslinking agent (F) is acquired more notably because the said content of a crosslinking agent (F) is more than the said lower limit.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (F) is not more than the upper limit value, the adhesive force with the support sheet of the thermosetting protective film forming film, the semiconductor wafer of the thermosetting protective film forming film, or It is suppressed that the adhesive force with a semiconductor chip falls too much.
  • the effects of the present invention can be sufficiently obtained without using the crosslinking agent (F).
  • the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may contain an energy ray curable resin (G). Since the thermosetting protective film-forming film contains the energy ray-curable resin (G), the characteristics can be changed by irradiation with energy rays.
  • the energy beam curable resin (G) is obtained by polymerizing (curing) an energy beam curable compound.
  • the energy ray curable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, and acrylate compounds having a (meth) acryloyl group are preferable.
  • acrylate compound examples include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypenta ( Chain aliphatic skeleton-containing (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,4-butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate; Cyclic aliphatic skeleton-containing (meth) acrylates such as cyclopentanyl di (meth) acrylate; polyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylates such as polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate Oligoester (meth)
  • the weight average molecular weight of the energy ray curable compound is preferably 100 to 30000, and more preferably 300 to 10000.
  • the energy ray curable compound used for polymerization may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the energy ray curable compounds are two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the energy ray-curable resin (G) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be only one type or two or more types.
  • energy beam curable resin (G) is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
  • the content of the energy ray-curable resin (G) is 1 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the protective film-forming composition (III-1). It is preferably 2 to 90% by mass, more preferably 3 to 85% by mass.
  • Photopolymerization initiator (H) When the protective film-forming composition (III-1) contains the energy beam curable resin (G), the photopolymerization initiator (H) is used to efficiently advance the polymerization reaction of the energy beam curable resin (G). ) May be contained.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more photopolymerization initiators (H), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) is 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy beam curable resin (G). It is preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a colorant (I).
  • a colorant (I) include known pigments such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.
  • organic pigments and organic dyes examples include aminium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, azurenium dyes, polymethine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, pyrylium dyes, and phthalocyanines.
  • the inorganic pigment examples include carbon black, cobalt dye, iron dye, chromium dye, titanium dye, vanadium dye, zirconium dye, molybdenum dye, ruthenium dye, platinum dye, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) dyes, ATO (antimony tin oxide) dyes, and the like.
  • the colorant (I) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more colorants (I), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the protective film may be printed by laser irradiation, adjusting the content of the colorant (I) of the thermosetting protective film-forming film, and adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film, Print visibility can be adjusted.
  • the content of the colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film it is possible to improve the design of the protective film and make it difficult to see the grinding marks on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer.
  • the total content of all components other than the solvent in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) (also referred to as the total solid content of the protective film-forming composition (III-1))
  • the ratio of the content of the colorant (I) relative to the colorant is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass.
  • the content is more preferably 1 to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.
  • the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a general-purpose additive (J) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the general-purpose additive (J) may be a known one and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred examples include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, a gettering agent, and the like. Is mentioned.
  • the general-purpose additive (J) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more general-purpose additives (J), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the general-purpose additive (J) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
  • the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) preferably further contains a solvent.
  • the protective film-forming composition (III-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (also referred to as 2-methylpropan-1-ol), 1-butanol and the like.
  • the solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be only one type or two or more types. When two or more solvents are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is preferably methyl ethyl ketone or the like from the viewpoint that the components in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) can be more uniformly mixed.
  • thermosetting protective film-forming composition such as the protective film-forming composition (III-1) can be obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition.
  • the order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
  • a solvent it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
  • the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
  • the temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention is affixed to the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, and as a composite sheet provided with a layer showing adhesion on the support sheet.
  • a dicing die bonding sheet There is a dicing die bonding sheet.
  • the adhesive layer provided in the dicing die bonding sheet functions as an adhesive when the semiconductor chip is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip and then attached to the substrate, the lead frame, or another semiconductor chip.
  • the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention is the same as the adhesive layer in that it is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip, but eventually becomes a protective film by curing, It has a function of protecting the back surface of the semiconductor chip that is affixed.
  • the protective film-forming film in the present invention has a different use from the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet, and naturally the required performance is also different. Reflecting this difference in use, the protective film-forming film is usually harder and more difficult to pick up than the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is required to have an excellent pickability of a semiconductor chip with a protective film as a film provided with a thermosetting protective film-forming film.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention can be produced by sequentially laminating the above-mentioned layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship.
  • the method for forming each layer is as described above.
  • the above-described pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied on the substrate and dried as necessary.
  • the protective film-forming composition is applied on the adhesive layer, It is possible to form the forming film directly.
  • Layers other than the protective film-forming film can also be laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the same manner using the composition for forming this layer.
  • the composition is further applied onto the layer formed from the composition to newly form a layer. Can be formed.
  • the layer laminated after these two layers is formed in advance using the composition on another release film, and the side of the formed layer that is in contact with the release film is It is preferable to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by bonding the opposite exposed surface to the exposed surfaces of the remaining layers already formed.
  • the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film.
  • the release film may be removed as necessary after forming the laminated structure.
  • a protective film-forming composite sheet in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a base material and a protective film-forming film is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the support sheet is a laminate of the base material and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer)
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is coated on a base material and dried as necessary, whereby a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the base material
  • the protective film-forming composition is coated on the release film, and dried as necessary to form the protective film-forming film on the release film.
  • the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film is bonded to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, and the protective film-forming film is laminated on the adhesive layer, thereby forming a protective film.
  • a composite sheet is obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is applied on the release film.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed on the release film by drying as necessary, and the exposed surface of this layer is bonded to one surface of the base material so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is placed on the base material. You may laminate. In any method, the release film may be removed at an arbitrary timing after the target laminated structure is formed.
  • a layer that employs such a process may be appropriately selected to produce a protective sheet-forming composite sheet.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film is usually stored in a state in which a release film is bonded to the surface of the outermost layer (for example, a film for forming a protective film) opposite to the support sheet. Therefore, a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a protective film-forming composition, is applied on this release film (preferably its release-treated surface) and dried as necessary. Then, a layer constituting the outermost layer is formed on the release film, and the remaining layers are laminated on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film by any of the methods described above. And the composite sheet for protective film formation is obtained also by leaving it in the state bonded together, without removing a peeling film.
  • a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer such as a protective film-forming composition
  • the manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip with protective film according to the present invention is a method of laminating a semiconductor wafer on the thermosetting protective film forming film side of the protective film forming composite sheet.
  • the semiconductor wafer Forming a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer by irradiating the inside of the semiconductor wafer, and forming the semiconductor wafer and the thermosetting protective film by cool expanding the laminate at a temperature lower than room temperature
  • An example of the manufacturing method of this semiconductor chip with a protective film will be described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
  • the back grind tape 20 is stuck on the surface (electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer 18, the back grind tape 20 is removed from the semiconductor wafer 18.
  • the modified layer 18 c is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 18 by irradiating the laser beam from the side of the protective film forming composite sheet 2 so as to be focused on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 18 (SD). (FIG. 3B). Further, laser printing is performed by irradiating laser light from the support sheet 10 side as necessary.
  • the semiconductor wafer 18 is moved to a low-temperature environment together with the protective film-forming composite sheet 2 attached to the back surface, and is subjected to cool expansion (CE) in the plane direction of the protective film-forming composite sheet 2 to form a thermosetting protective film. While cleaving the forming film, the semiconductor wafer 18 is divided at the portion of the modified layer 18c and separated into individual pieces (FIG. 3C).
  • the temperature condition of the cool expand (CE) may be any temperature lower than room temperature, but is preferably ⁇ 20 to 10 ° C., more preferably ⁇ 15 to 5 ° C. Infrared inspection is performed by irradiating infrared laser light from the support sheet 10 side as necessary.
  • a sub ring may be attached to the expanded support sheet 10 (that is, the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12), and the support sheet 10 may be fixed while being expanded.
  • the base sheet 11 is used by imparting heat shrinkability (heat shrinkability) to the support sheet 10 and then using the heat shrinkability (heat shrinkability) of the base material 11 to cool the support sheet 10.
  • the support sheet 10 can be fixed in an expanded state without attaching a sub-ring except for the slack of the sheet 10.
  • the adhesive layer 12 is energy ray curable, the adhesive layer 12 is cured by irradiation of energy rays after fixing the expanded support sheet 10 by attaching a sub ring or the like, After the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is cured, it is preferable to move to the next step of curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film 23.
  • thermosetting protective film forming film 23 is obtained (FIG. 3D).
  • the composite film 2 for forming a protective film whose pickup suitability described later is suitably adjusted is usually obtained by a cool expand (CE) at a temperature lower than room temperature, and the adhesive layer 12 and the thermosetting protective film-forming film 23.
  • the float between will occur.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 2 of the present invention has a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 of 0.16 MPa or less, preferably 0.15 MPa or less, More preferably, it is 0.10 MPa or less, and particularly preferably 0.06 MPa or less, so that the float tends to disappear under the conditions of thermosetting of the thermosetting protective film-forming film 23, so that no float marks remain. be able to.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 0.01 MPa or more, particularly preferably 0.02 MPa or more.
  • the semiconductor chip 19 with the protective film 23 ′ is obtained by peeling the semiconductor chip 19 from the support sheet 10 together with the protective film 23 ′ pasted on the back surface thereof to pick up the semiconductor chip 19 (FIG. 3E).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is energy-ray curable, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is cured by irradiation with energy rays as necessary, and the semiconductor chip 19 is placed on the back surface of the cured pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the semiconductor chip 19 with the protective film 23' can be obtained more easily.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film using the protective film-forming composite sheet 2 having the jig adhesive layer 16, but the jig adhesive layer 16 is provided.
  • the example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip with a protective film using the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation which is not present is also the same.
  • a laser beam is irradiated from the side of the protective film forming composite sheet 2 so as to be focused on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 18 (SD), and the modified layer is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 18.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and includes the step of forming the modified layer, the step of forming the laminate, the step of dividing, and the step of forming the protective film in this order.
  • a modified layer is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 18 to which the back grind tape 20 is stuck, and the protective film-forming composite sheet 2 is formed on the semiconductor wafer 18 on which the modified layer is formed. May be affixed.
  • the semiconductor sheet 19 with the protective film 23 ′ is obtained by irradiating laser light from the side of the support sheet 10, performing laser printing, and performing cool expansion (CE), thermosetting, infrared inspection, and picking up.
  • CE cool expansion
  • the semiconductor chip with the protective film obtained by the same method as the conventional method is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate with the protective film attached, and then the semiconductor A package. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film has a three-layer transparent film (thickness: 60 to 150 ⁇ m) made of a mixed resin of polypropylene (PP) and olefinic thermoplastic elastomer (TPO) as a base material.
  • An adhesive layer (thickness: 3 to 20 ⁇ m, storage elastic modulus at 70 ° C.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (polymer component: (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer (2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) 70-80 parts by mass), A copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 20 to 30 parts by mass of hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA.
  • a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing 20 parts by mass of a functional xylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent); a thermosetting protective film-forming film (thickness: 5 to 50 ⁇ m);
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film has a three-layer transparent film (thickness: 80 ⁇ m, 23) made of a mixed resin of polypropylene (PP) and olefinic thermoplastic elastomer (TPO) as a base material. Young's modulus at 50 ° C., matte surface / gloss surface substrate); pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness: 5 ⁇ m, storage elastic modulus at 70 ° C. is 0.03 MPa, and storage elastic modulus at 23 ° C.
  • PP polypropylene
  • TPO olefinic thermoplastic elastomer
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (polymer component: (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer (2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) 80 parts by mass, 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA) 20 parts by mass) Copolymer, containing 100 parts by mass of weight average molecular weight: 800,000) and 20 parts by mass of a crosslinking agent component: trifunctional xylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent Non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition); a thermosetting protective film-forming film (thickness: 25 ⁇ m), and a protective film-forming composition (polymer component: 85 parts by mass of methyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl 150 parts by mass of an acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerizing 15 parts by mass of acrylate (weight average molecular weight: 370,000, Tg: 6 ° C.), and epoxy resin (bisphenol A type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent 184 to 194
  • the coupling agent (e) and the colorant (i) have a content (solid content, part by mass) of 150/60/10/30/2/2/320/2/18 (solid weight ratio).
  • the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film having a solid content concentration of 52% by mass was prepared by dissolving or dispersing in methyl ethyl ketone and stirring at 23 ° C.
  • -Polymer component (A1) (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer (copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 80 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) and 20 parts by mass of 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA) (Weight average molecular weight: 800,000)
  • a non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1) was prepared.
  • -Polymer component (A1) (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer (copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 80 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) and 20 parts by mass of 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA) (Weight average molecular weight: 800,000)
  • a non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-2) was prepared.
  • Polymer component (A1) (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer (2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) 60 parts by mass, methyl methacrylate (MMA) 30 parts by mass, 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA) 10 parts by mass Copolymer obtained by copolymerization of (weight average molecular weight: 800,000)
  • a non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-3) was prepared.
  • a three-layer transparent film (thickness: 80 ⁇ m, Young's modulus 50 MPa at 23 ° C., matte surface / gloss surface base material) made of a mixed resin of polypropylene (PP) and an olefinic thermoplastic elastomer (TPO)
  • PP polypropylene
  • TPO olefinic thermoplastic elastomer
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1) obtained above was applied and dried by heating at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, so that a non-energy having a thickness of 5 ⁇ m was formed on one surface of the substrate.
  • a transparent support sheet (10) -1 having a linear curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was obtained.
  • a protective film-forming composition (III) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 ⁇ m) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. -1) was coated with a die coater and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to prepare a thermosetting protective film-forming film (13) -1 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m.
  • SP-PET 381031 manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 ⁇ m
  • thermosetting protective film-forming film (13) obtained above is formed on the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • Example 1 in which the exposed surface of 1 was laminated, and the base material, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the thermosetting protective film-forming film (13) -1 and the release film were laminated in this order in the thickness direction. A composite sheet for forming a protective film was produced.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1) is applied to the release surface of the release sheet to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and then pressure-bonded to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that exposes the release surface of the separately prepared release sheet.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a sheet / pressure-sensitive adhesive layer / release sheet was prepared.
  • the release sheet was peeled off from the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, and a plurality of pressure-sensitive adhesive layers were laminated to a thickness of 200 ⁇ m.
  • a 30 mm ⁇ 4 mm rectangle (thickness: 200 ⁇ m) was punched out from the resulting laminate of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and this was used as a measurement sample.
  • the adhesive strength between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet (adhesive layer) of this test piece is as follows. It measured by the method of. The release film of the protective film-forming composite sheet cut to a width of 25 mm and a length of 250 mm was removed, and the exposed surface was attached to the mirror wafer by reciprocating once with a 2 kg roller so that the protective film-forming layer was in contact with the mirror wafer surface. . After standing at 23 ° C.
  • peeling is performed at a peeling speed of 300 mm / min so that the angle is 180 ° between the protective film-forming film and the adhesive layer of the support sheet. did.
  • This peeling force (mN / 25 mm) was defined as the adhesive force (before curing) between the protective film-forming film and the adhesive layer.
  • the protective film forming layer surface of the composite sheet for protective film formation is attached to the ground surface of a silicon wafer (diameter: 8 inches, thickness: 150 ⁇ m, ground surface: # 2000) with a back-ground tape that has been ground on the back. Attached while heating to 70 ° C. using ADWILL RAD-2700). After the back grind tape is peeled off, the silicon wafer is irradiated with a laser beam having a wavelength of 1342 nm from the ground surface side using a laser saw (DFF 7361, manufactured by DISCO Corporation), and the chip size is 7 mm ⁇ inside the silicon wafer. The modified layer was formed to be 7 mm.
  • the silicon wafer is individually expanded into 7 mm ⁇ 7 mm chips by performing cool expansion at a pushing height: 20 mm, a pushing speed: 20 mm / s, and a temperature: ⁇ 15 ° C. While being cut into pieces, the thermosetting protective film-forming film was cleaved.
  • the jig (sub ring) was attached to the support sheet to maintain the expanded state, and an adhesive sheet was attached to the side opposite to the support sheet (that is, the chip side).
  • the chip was peeled off from the support sheet, and the floating marks were observed.
  • the adhesive sheet sticking operation even if the support sheet is peeled off, the separated chips can be observed without being separated.
  • the color of the outer peripheral part of the silicon chip changes if there is any floating (peeling) between the adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film forming film.
  • the presence or absence of a floating mark before curing was evaluated.
  • a modified layer is formed with a laser so that the chip size is 7 mm ⁇ 7 mm inside a back-ground ground silicon wafer with a back-ground tape that has been ground back, and a protective film is formed on the ground surface of the silicon wafer.
  • the protective film-forming layer surface of the composite sheet was attached while heating to 70 ° C.
  • an expander Disco 2300, manufactured by Disco Corporation
  • the height is 20 mm
  • the speed is 20 mm / s
  • the temperature is ⁇ 15 ° C.
  • the chip is singulated into 7 mm ⁇ 7 mm chips and thermosetting protected.
  • the film forming film was cleaved.
  • the jig (sub ring) was attached to the support sheet to maintain the expanded state, and an adhesive sheet was attached to the side opposite to the support sheet (that is, the chip side). Thereafter, heat curing was performed under conditions of 130 ° C. for 2 hours, and the thermosetting protective film-forming film was used as a protective film.
  • the color of the outer peripheral part of the silicon chip is the one that has floated (peeled) between the adhesive layer and the protective layer. It changed, and this evaluated the presence or absence of the float after hardening. No lifting: No lifting (peeling) between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the protective layer is observed. Floating occurred: Floating (peeling) was observed between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the protective layer.
  • the expanded state is 20 mm / s
  • the pushing speed is 20 mm / s
  • the temperature is ⁇ 15 ° C. Fixed.
  • the film was divided into 5 mm ⁇ 5 mm chips and the protective film-forming film was cleaved.
  • Comparative Example 1 ⁇ Manufacture and evaluation of protective film-forming composite sheet>
  • the protective film of Comparative Example 1 was the same as Example 1 except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1) used in Example 1 was changed to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-2).
  • a forming composite sheet was prepared.
  • Table 1 shows the measurement results of the test for disappearance of the floating marks, the pickup test, and the adhesive strength (before curing) between the protective film-forming film and the adhesive layer.
  • Comparative Example 2 ⁇ Manufacture and evaluation of protective film-forming composite sheet>
  • the protective film of Comparative Example 1 was the same as Example 1 except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1) used in Example 1 was changed to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-3).
  • a forming composite sheet was prepared.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was 0.00. It is 16MPa or less, and the storage elastic modulus (G '(23)) in 23 degreeC is 0.10MPa or more,
  • the film for thermosetting protective film formation Can be eliminated by lowering the modulus of elasticity of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer under the subsequent heat curing conditions of 130 ° C., so that no floating marks can be left, and a semiconductor chip with a protective film can be well picked up. did it.
  • the storage modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.16 MPa or less, but the storage at 23 ° C. Since the elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) is smaller than 0.10 MPa, the float between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film disappears under the 70 ° C. application condition after the cool expansion. However, since the semiconductor chip with a protective film was too close to the adhesive layer, it could not be picked up well.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of Comparative Example 2 is a composite sheet having a general composition used in a method of dividing a semiconductor wafer together with a protective film using a dicing blade.
  • the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.10 MPa or more, but storage at 70 ° C. Since the elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) is larger than 0.16 MPa, the float between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film generated after the cool expansion is then thermosetting at 130 ° C. Even under the conditions of the above, it did not disappear, and the float remained.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention can be suitably used for the production of a semiconductor chip with a protective film to which a dividing method using cool expand is applied.

Abstract

A composite sheet (1) for forming a protective film, which sequentially comprises a base material (11), an adhesive layer (12) and a film (13) for forming a thermosetting protective film in this order, and wherein the adhesive layer (12) has a storage elastic modulus at 70°C (G'(70)) of 0.16 MPa or less and a storage elastic modulus at 23°C (G'(23)) of 0.10 MPa or more.

Description

保護膜形成用複合シート及び保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film
 本発明は、保護膜形成用複合シート及び保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法に関する。
 本願は、2018年3月9日に日本に出願された特願2018-043566号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
The present invention relates to a protective film-forming composite sheet and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-043566 for which it applied to Japan on March 9, 2018, and uses the content here.
 近年、いわゆるフェースダウン(face down)方式と呼ばれる実装法を適用した半導体装置の製造が行われている。フェースダウン方式においては、回路面上にバンプ等の電極を有する半導体チップが用いられ、前記電極が基板と接合される。このため、半導体チップの回路面とは反対側の裏面は剥き出しとなることがある。 In recent years, a semiconductor device using a mounting method called a so-called face-down method has been manufactured. In the face-down method, a semiconductor chip having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to a substrate. For this reason, the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor chip may be exposed.
 この剥き出しとなった半導体チップの裏面には、保護膜として、有機材料を含有する樹脂膜が形成され、保護膜付き半導体チップとして半導体装置に取り込まれることがある。
 保護膜は、ダイシング工程やパッケージングの後に、半導体チップにおいてクラックが発生するのを防止するために利用される。
A resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the exposed back surface of the semiconductor chip, and may be taken into the semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
The protective film is used to prevent cracks from occurring in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
 このような保護膜を形成するためには、例えば、基材上に粘着剤層を有する支持シートと、該粘着剤層上に設けられた保護膜を形成するための保護膜形成用フィルムとを備えてなる保護膜形成用複合シートが使用される。保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、保護膜形成用フィルムが硬化によって保護膜を形成可能であり、さらに支持シートをダイシングシートとして利用可能であって、保護膜形成用フィルムとダイシングシートとが一体化された樹脂膜形成用複合シートとすることが可能である(特許文献1参照)。樹脂膜形成用複合シートを用いた半導体チップの製造方法では、半導体ウエハを保護膜形成用フィルム及びダイシングシートに同時に貼付するので、これらを別々に行う従来の方法よりも、工程数を低減でき、コストを削減できる。半導体ウエハを保護膜ごと分割する方法としては、ダイシングブレードを用いて半導体ウエハをダイシングする方法が広く利用されている。 In order to form such a protective film, for example, a support sheet having an adhesive layer on a substrate, and a protective film forming film for forming a protective film provided on the adhesive layer A composite sheet for forming a protective film is used. In the protective film forming composite sheet, the protective film forming film can form a protective film by curing, and the support sheet can be used as a dicing sheet, and the protective film forming film and the dicing sheet are integrated. It is possible to obtain a composite sheet for forming a resin film (see Patent Document 1). In the manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip using the composite sheet for resin film formation, since the semiconductor wafer is simultaneously attached to the protective film formation film and the dicing sheet, the number of steps can be reduced as compared with the conventional method in which these are performed separately, Cost can be reduced. As a method of dividing the semiconductor wafer together with the protective film, a method of dicing the semiconductor wafer using a dicing blade is widely used.
 これに対して、近年は、ダイシングブレードを用いない半導体ウエハの分割方法も種々検討されている。例えば、半導体ウエハの内部に設定された焦点に集束するようにレーザー光を照射して、半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成し、次いで、この改質層が形成され、かつ裏面には樹脂膜が貼付された半導体ウエハを、この樹脂膜とともに、樹脂膜の平面方向にエキスパンドして、樹脂膜を割断するとともに、改質層の部位において半導体ウエハを分割し、個片化することで、半導体チップを得る方法が知られている。樹脂膜の平面方向のエキスパンドを、15~25℃の常温条件下で行うと、樹脂膜の分割不良が生じてしまうおそれがあることから、半導体ウエハと共に樹脂膜を良好に分割するために、例えば、-15℃の低温条件下で、クールエキスパンドすることが検討されている。 On the other hand, in recent years, various methods for dividing a semiconductor wafer without using a dicing blade have been studied. For example, a laser beam is irradiated so as to focus on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer, and then this modified layer is formed and a resin is formed on the back surface. By expanding the semiconductor wafer with the film attached together with the resin film in the plane direction of the resin film, cleaving the resin film, dividing the semiconductor wafer at the site of the modified layer, and dividing into pieces, A method for obtaining a semiconductor chip is known. If the expansion in the planar direction of the resin film is performed at room temperature of 15 to 25 ° C., there is a risk that the resin film may be poorly divided. Cool expanding under a low temperature condition of −15 ° C. has been studied.
 クールエキスパンドによる分割方法は、ダイシングブレードを用いる方法とは異なり、半導体ウエハにおいて、ダイシングブレードによる切削部の形成を伴うことがなく、半導体ウエハからより多くの半導体チップが得られ、切削屑を生じさせないという利点を有する。半導体チップを基板の回路形成面にダイボンディングするためのものとして、フィルム状接着剤があるが、上記の分割方法はこれまで、前記樹脂膜として、このフィルム状接着剤を用いる樹脂膜形成用複合シートの場合に、主として利用されてきた(特許文献2、3参照)。 Unlike the method using a dicing blade, the division method using the cool expand does not involve the formation of a cutting portion by the dicing blade in the semiconductor wafer, and more semiconductor chips can be obtained from the semiconductor wafer, and no cutting waste is generated. Has the advantage. There is a film adhesive for die bonding of semiconductor chips to the circuit forming surface of a substrate, but the above dividing method has so far been a composite for resin film formation using this film adhesive as the resin film. In the case of a sheet, it has been mainly used (see Patent Documents 2 and 3).
 樹脂膜形成用複合シートを平面方向にクールエキスパンドすると、半導体チップ間隔が拡張し、半導体チップのピックアップをさらに容易に行えるようになる。この際、樹脂膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間にずれが発生することになり、樹脂膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の接着力が減少し、半導体チップのピックアップ適性が向上する。このようにして半導体チップのピックアップを行うと、割断された樹脂膜形成用フィルムを半導体チップ裏面に固着残存させて支持シートから剥離することができることも知られている(特許文献1参照)。 When the composite sheet for resin film formation is cool expanded in the plane direction, the interval between the semiconductor chips is expanded, and the semiconductor chips can be picked up more easily. At this time, a deviation occurs between the resin film-forming film and the support sheet, the adhesive force between the resin film-forming film and the support sheet is reduced, and the pick-up suitability of the semiconductor chip is improved. It is also known that when a semiconductor chip is picked up in this way, the cleaved resin film forming film can be fixedly left on the back surface of the semiconductor chip and peeled off from the support sheet (see Patent Document 1).
 そこで、前記樹脂膜として、硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム又はその硬化物である保護膜を備えた半導体ウエハに対して、上記の様な、クールエキスパンドによる分割方法を適用できれば、このような方法は、保護膜を備えた半導体チップの製造方法として、極めて有用性が高い。 Therefore, such a method can be applied to a semiconductor wafer provided with a film for forming a curable protective film or a protective film that is a cured product thereof as the resin film, as long as the above dividing method by cool expand can be applied. It is extremely useful as a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip provided with a protective film.
特開2016-027655号公報JP 2016-027655 A 特開2012-222002号公報JP 2012-222002 A 特開2017-183705号公報JP 2017-183705 A
 しかし、半導体チップの製造において、ピックアップ適性に叶う保護膜形成用複合シートを平面方向にクールエキスパンドすると、半導体チップ間隔が拡張し、保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間にずれが発生するとともに、半導体チップ端部が瞬間的に部分剥離し、剥離が生じた部分とそうでない部分の境目に痕が残り(本明細書中で「浮き痕」ということがある)、意匠性が低下する。また、半導体ウエハを分割した後に、チップや保護膜の割れや欠けを目視又は赤外線レーザーにより検査がなされるが、浮き痕がその検査効率を阻害するおそれがある。 However, in the manufacture of semiconductor chips, when the protective film-forming composite sheet that meets the pickup suitability is expanded in the plane direction, the distance between the semiconductor chips is expanded, and a shift occurs between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet. The end portion of the semiconductor chip is momentarily peeled off, leaving a mark at the boundary between the peeled portion and the non-peeled portion (sometimes referred to as a “floating mark” in this specification), and the design properties are lowered. Further, after the semiconductor wafer is divided, the chip and the protective film are inspected visually or by an infrared laser, but there is a possibility that the floating mark may hinder the inspection efficiency.
 そこで、本発明は、常温よりも低い温度でのクールエキスパンドによる分割方法を適用して、硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを用いて保護膜付き半導体チップを製造する際、クールエキスパンドした後に生じる粘着剤層と硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間の浮き痕が消失し、かつ、保護膜付き半導体チップを良好にピックアップすることができる保護膜形成用複合シート、及び、これを用いる保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法を提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, the present invention applies a dividing method by cool expanding at a temperature lower than normal temperature, and produces a protective-coated semiconductor chip using a film for forming a curable protective film. Protective film forming composite sheet capable of satisfactorily picking up a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and a semiconductor film with a protective film using the same An object is to provide a method for manufacturing a chip.
 上記課題を解決するため、本発明者らが鋭意検討をした結果、保護膜形成用複合シートのうち、粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が所定の値以下であり、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が所定の値以上であるものを使用するとともに、保護膜形成用フィルムとして熱硬化性のフィルムを用いることにより、クールエキスパンドした後に粘着剤層と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間が部分剥離し、浮き痕が生じるが、その後の熱硬化の工程で粘着剤層の弾性率が低下し、粘着剤層と保護膜の間が再密着することで、浮き痕を消失させることができ、かつ、保護膜付き半導体チップを良好にピックアップすることができ、前記目的を達成できることを見出した。 As a result of intensive studies by the present inventors in order to solve the above problems, the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is not more than a predetermined value. And having a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. equal to or higher than a predetermined value, and using a thermosetting film as a protective film-forming film, it is adhesive after being cool expanded. The adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film are partially peeled off, resulting in floating marks, but the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer decreases in the subsequent heat-curing process, and the adhesive layer and the protective film It has been found that, by re-adhering, the floating marks can be eliminated, the semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up well, and the object can be achieved.
 すなわち、本発明は以下の通りである。
[1]基材と、粘着剤層と、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとをこの順に備え、
 前記粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.16MPa以下であり、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が0.10MPa以上である、保護膜形成用複合シート。
[2]前記粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.01MPa以上である、前記[1]に記載の保護膜形成用複合シート。
[3]前記粘着剤層の、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が0.45MPa以下である、前記[1]又は[2]に記載の保護膜形成用複合シート。
[4]前記粘着剤層が、非エネルギー線硬化性又はエネルギー線硬化性である、前記[3]に記載の保護膜形成用複合シート。
[5]前記粘着剤層の厚さが、3~20μmである、前記[3]又は[4]に記載の保護膜形成用複合シート。
That is, the present invention is as follows.
[1] A substrate, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and a thermosetting protective film-forming film are provided in this order,
A protective film having a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of 0.16 MPa or less and a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of 0.10 MPa or more of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Composite sheet for forming.
[2] The protective sheet-forming composite sheet according to [1], wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of 0.01 MPa or more.
[3] The composite sheet for protective film formation according to [1] or [2], wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of 0.45 MPa or less.
[4] The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to [3], wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable or energy ray curable.
[5] The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to [3] or [4], wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 3 to 20 μm.
[6]前記[1]~[5]のいずれか一項に記載の保護膜形成用複合シートの前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの側に半導体ウエハを積層して積層体とする工程と、
 半導体ウエハの内部にレーザー光を照射して、半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成する工程と、
 前記積層体を常温よりも低い温度でクールエキスパンドして、前記半導体ウエハ及び前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを分割する工程と、
 前記積層体の前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを加熱硬化して保護膜とする工程と、を備える保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法。
[6] A step of laminating a semiconductor wafer on the thermosetting protective film-forming film side of the protective film-forming composite sheet according to any one of [1] to [5]; ,
Irradiating a semiconductor wafer with laser light to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer; and
Cool expanding the laminate at a temperature lower than room temperature, and dividing the semiconductor wafer and the thermosetting protective film forming film,
A process for producing a semiconductor chip with a protective film, comprising: heating and curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film of the laminate to form a protective film.
 本発明によれば、常温よりも低い温度でのクールエキスパンドによる分割方法を適用して、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを用いて保護膜付き半導体チップを製造する際、クールエキスパンドした後に生じる粘着剤層と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間の浮き痕を残らなくすることができ、かつ、保護膜付き半導体チップを良好にピックアップすることができる保護膜形成用複合シート、及び、これを用いる保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法が提供される。 According to the present invention, when a semiconductor chip with a protective film is produced using a thermosetting protective film-forming film by applying a dividing method by cool expand at a temperature lower than room temperature, the adhesion generated after the cool expansion is performed. Protective film-forming composite sheet that can eliminate the residual trace between the agent layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film and that can satisfactorily pick up the semiconductor chip with the protective film, and the same A method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film is provided.
本発明に係る保護膜形成用複合シートの、一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically one Embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る保護膜形成用複合シートの、他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation which concerns on this invention. 保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法の一例を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip with a protective film. (a)クールエキスパンド後、未硬化の保護膜形成用フィルム付き半導体チップの顕微鏡写真である。(b)熱硬化後の保護膜付き半導体チップの顕微鏡写真である。(A) It is a microscope picture of the unhardened semiconductor chip with a film for protective film formation after a cool expansion. (B) It is a microscope picture of the semiconductor chip with a protective film after thermosetting.
◎保護膜形成用複合シート
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、基材と、粘着剤層と、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとをこの順に備え、前記粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.16MPa以下であり、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が0.10MPa以上であるものである。
◎ Composite sheet for protective film formation The composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention comprises a base material, an adhesive layer, and a film for forming a thermosetting protective film in this order. The storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) is 0.16 MPa or less, and the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. is 0.10 MPa or more.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.16MPa以下であり、0.15MPa以下であることが好ましく、0.10MPa以下であることがより好ましく、0.06MPa以下であることが特に好ましい。この貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が、前記上限値以下であることにより、常温よりも低い温度でクールエキスパンドした後に生じる粘着剤層と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間の部分剥離が、その後の熱硬化の条件で粘着剤層の低弾性率化により消失し易く、浮き痕を残らなくすることができる。粘着剤層の、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))は0.10MPa以上であり、0.15MPa以上であることが好ましく、0.20MPa以上であることがより好ましく、0.25MPa以上であることが特に好ましい。この貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が、前記下限値以上であることにより、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを熱硬化させた後に、保護膜付き半導体チップが粘着剤層に密着しすぎることなく、保護膜付き半導体チップを良好にピックアップすることができる。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.16 MPa or less, preferably 0.15 MPa or less, preferably 0.10 MPa. Or less, more preferably 0.06 MPa or less. The portion between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film that is produced after cool-expanding at a temperature lower than room temperature when the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) is equal to or less than the upper limit. Peeling easily disappears by lowering the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer under the conditions of the subsequent thermosetting, and it is possible to leave no floating marks. The storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.10 MPa or more, preferably 0.15 MPa or more, more preferably 0.20 MPa or more, and 0.25 MPa. The above is particularly preferable. When the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, the semiconductor chip with a protective film is too close to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after the thermosetting protective film-forming film is thermally cured. Therefore, the semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up satisfactorily.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、熱硬化時に、粘着剤層が柔らかすぎて端部からはみ出ないよう、粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.01MPa以上であることがより好ましく、0.02MPa以上であることが特に好ましい。
 すなわち、粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))は、0.16MPa以下であり、0.01MPa以上0.16MPa以下が好ましく、0.01MPa以上0.15MPa以下がより好ましく、0.01MPa以上0.10MPa以下がさらに好ましく、0.01MPa以上0.06MPa以下が特に好ましく、0.02MPa以上0.06MPa以下が最も好ましい。
 また、保護膜形成用複合シートの粘着剤層と、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間の密着性が担保でき、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ時に、目的外の保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップが抑制され、チップ飛散を防ぎ、目的とする保護膜付き半導体チップを高選択的にピックアップできるよう、粘着剤層の、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が1.0MPa以下であることが好ましく、0.7MPa以下であることがより好ましく、0.4MPa以下であることが特に好ましい。
 すなわち、粘着剤層の、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))は0.10MPa以上であり、0.10MPa以上1.0MPa以下が好ましく、0.15MPa以上0.7MPa以下がより好ましく、0.20MPa以上0.4MPa以下がさらに好ましく、0.25MPa以上0.4MPa以下が特に好ましい。
The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention has a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of 0.degree. C. so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is too soft and does not protrude from the end during thermosetting. The pressure is more preferably 01 MPa or more, and particularly preferably 0.02 MPa or more.
That is, the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.16 MPa or less, preferably 0.01 MPa or more and 0.16 MPa or less, more preferably 0.01 MPa or more and 0.15 MPa or less. Preferably, 0.01 MPa or more and 0.10 MPa or less are more preferable, 0.01 MPa or more and 0.06 MPa or less are particularly preferable, and 0.02 MPa or more and 0.06 MPa or less are most preferable.
In addition, the adhesion between the adhesive layer of the protective film-forming composite sheet and the thermosetting protective film-forming film can be secured, and when the semiconductor chip with a protective film is picked up, The storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 1.0 MPa or less so that the pickup is suppressed, the chip scattering is prevented, and the target semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up with high selectivity. Is preferable, 0.7 MPa or less is more preferable, and 0.4 MPa or less is particularly preferable.
That is, the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.10 MPa or more, preferably 0.10 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, more preferably 0.15 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less. 0.20 MPa to 0.4 MPa is more preferable, and 0.25 MPa to 0.4 MPa is particularly preferable.
 なお、本明細書において、「熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム」とは熱硬化前のものを意味し、「保護膜」とは、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させたものを意味する。
 本明細書において、少なくとも前記基材及び前記粘着剤層が積層されてなるものを「支持シート」と称することがある。
In this specification, “thermosetting protective film forming film” means a film before thermosetting, and “protective film” means a film obtained by curing a thermosetting protective film forming film. To do.
In the present specification, what is formed by laminating at least the base material and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be referred to as a “support sheet”.
 また、本明細書においては、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが熱硬化した後であっても、基材、粘着剤層、及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化物(換言すると、支持シート及び保護膜)の積層構造が維持されている限り、この積層構造体を「保護膜形成用複合シート」と称する。 Further, in the present specification, even after the thermosetting protective film-forming film is thermally cured, the cured product of the base material, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the thermosetting protective film-forming film (in other words, the support As long as the laminated structure of the sheet and the protective film is maintained, this laminated structure is referred to as a “protective film forming composite sheet”.
 本明細書において、「常温」とは、特に冷やしたり、熱したりしない温度、すなわち平常の温度を意味し、例えば、15~25℃の温度等が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「クールエキスパンド」とは、常温よりも低い温度(例えば、-20~10℃)で、半導体ウエハの面に平行な方向に拡げる力を加えることをいう。
 本明細書において、「貯蔵弾性率」は、厚さ200μmの粘着剤層の積層体を試料として、動的粘弾性測定装置を用いて、引張モード、周波数11Hz、昇温速度3℃/min、測定温度範囲-20℃~150℃、測定間隔1℃の測定条件で測定された値をいう。
In the present specification, “normal temperature” means a temperature that is not particularly cooled or heated, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C.
In this specification, “cool expand” refers to applying a force that expands in a direction parallel to the surface of a semiconductor wafer at a temperature lower than room temperature (eg, −20 to 10 ° C.).
In this specification, the “storage modulus” is a tensile mode, a frequency of 11 Hz, a temperature rising rate of 3 ° C./min, using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device as a sample of a 200 μm thick adhesive layer. A value measured under the measurement conditions of a measurement temperature range of −20 ° C. to 150 ° C. and a measurement interval of 1 ° C.
 図1は、本発明に係る保護膜形成用複合シートの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1は、基材11と、粘着剤層12と、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム13とをこの順に備える。粘着剤層12の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))は0.16MPa以下であり、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))は0.10MPa以上である。また、保護膜形成用複合シート1は、さらに熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム13上に剥離フィルム15を備えており、剥離フィルム15は保護膜形成用複合シート1の使用時に取り除かれる。熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム13は熱硬化することによって保護膜となる。
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the present invention.
The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 shown here includes a base material 11, an adhesive layer 12, and a thermosetting protective film-forming film 13 in this order. The storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is 0.16 MPa or less, and the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. is 0.10 MPa or more. The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 further includes a release film 15 on the thermosetting protective film-forming film 13, and the release film 15 is removed when the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 is used. The thermosetting protective film forming film 13 becomes a protective film by thermosetting.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1において、粘着剤層12は基材11の前記表面11a上に積層され、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム13は粘着剤層12の表面12aの一部に積層されている。そして、粘着剤層12の表面12aのうち、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層されていない露出面と、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13a(上面及び側面)の上に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the surface 11 a of the substrate 11, and the thermosetting protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on a part of the surface 12 a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. Yes. And among the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, it is on the exposed surface in which the film 13 for thermosetting protective film formation is not laminated | stacked, and the surface 13a (upper surface and side surface) of the film 13 for thermosetting protective film formation. The release film 15 is laminated.
 前記保護膜形成用複合シートは、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムに対して、又は、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを熱硬化した後の保護膜に対して、支持シートの側からレーザー光を照射して、レーザー光が支持シートを透過してレーザー印字を行うことができるよう、支持シートがレーザー印字のレーザー光に対して透過性を有することが好ましい。 The protective sheet-forming composite sheet is a laser beam from the support sheet side to the thermosetting protective film-forming film or to the protective film after thermosetting the thermosetting protective film-forming film. It is preferable that the support sheet is transparent to the laser light of the laser printing so that the laser light can be transmitted through the support sheet and laser printing can be performed.
 また、保護膜付き半導体チップを製造する過程において、支持シートの側から半導体ウエハに赤外域のレーザー光を照射して(SD)、赤外域のレーザー光が支持シートを透過して半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成することができるよう、支持シートが赤外域のレーザー光に対して透過性を有することが好ましい。 Further, in the process of manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film, the semiconductor wafer is irradiated with infrared laser light from the support sheet side (SD), and the infrared laser light is transmitted through the support sheet and the inside of the semiconductor wafer. It is preferable that the support sheet has transparency to laser light in the infrared region so that the modified layer can be formed.
 更に、この半導体ウエハ付きの保護膜形成用複合シートをクールエキスパンド(CE)することで、半導体ウエハの前記改質層の形成部位を起点として半導体ウエハを分割し個片化する。このとき、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜が確実に割断できたか否か、半導体チップに欠けがないか、赤外線検査をする際のレーザー光が支持シートを透過して半導体チップの状態を容易に検査でき、半導体装置の製造効率の低下を抑制できるよう、支持シートが赤外線検査をする際のレーザー光に対して透過性を有し、かつ、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは着色されていることが好ましい。これにより、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜が確実に割断できたか否か、状態を容易に検査でき、半導体装置の製造効率の低下を抑制できる。 Furthermore, the composite sheet for forming a protective film with the semiconductor wafer is subjected to cool expansion (CE), whereby the semiconductor wafer is divided into individual pieces starting from the formation site of the modified layer of the semiconductor wafer. At this time, whether or not the thermosetting protective film forming film or the protective film has been cleaved reliably, the semiconductor chip is not chipped, or the laser light during the infrared inspection passes through the support sheet and the state of the semiconductor chip The support sheet is transparent to the laser beam used for infrared inspection, and the thermosetting protective film forming film is colored so that the manufacturing efficiency of the semiconductor device can be suppressed. It is preferable that Thereby, it can be easily inspected whether or not the thermosetting protective film forming film or the protective film has been reliably cleaved, and a decrease in the manufacturing efficiency of the semiconductor device can be suppressed.
 図2は、本発明に係る保護膜形成用複合シートの他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。なお、図2において、図1に示すものと同じ要素には、図1の場合と同じ符号を付し、その詳細な説明は省略する。これは図2以降の図においても同様である。
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート2は、粘着剤層12の表面12aの全面に熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層され、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23の表面23aの一部に治具用接着剤層16が積層され、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23の表面23aのうち、治具用接着剤層16が積層されていない露出面と、治具用接着剤層16の表面16a(上面及び側面)に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている点以外は、図1に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1と同じものである。
FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the present invention. 2, the same elements as those shown in FIG. 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 1, and detailed description thereof is omitted. This also applies to the drawings after FIG.
In the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 2 shown here, a thermosetting protective film-forming film 23 is laminated on the entire surface 12 a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and part of the surface 23 a of the thermosetting protective film-forming film 23. The adhesive layer 16 for jigs is laminated | stacked on the exposed surface in which the adhesive layer 16 for jigs is not laminated | stacked among the surfaces 23a of the film 23 for thermosetting protective film formation, and the adhesive layer 16 for jigs. Except for the point that the release film 15 is laminated on the surface 16a (upper surface and side surface), the same as the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown in FIG.
 図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート2は、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23の表面23aに半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、治具用接着剤層16の表面16aのうち上面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 The composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 has the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) attached to the surface 23a of the film 23 for forming a thermosetting protective film with the release film 15 removed, The upper surface of the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
 本発明に係る保護膜形成用複合シートは、図1~2に示すものに限定されず、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、図1~2に示すものの一部の構成が変更又は削除されたものや、これまでに説明したものにさらに他の構成が追加されたものであってもよい。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the present invention is not limited to the one shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, and a part of the structure shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is changed or deleted within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. In addition, other configurations may be added to those described above.
 前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは、加熱によって硬化し、保護膜となる。この保護膜は、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)を保護するためのものである。保護膜形成用フィルムは、軟質であり、貼付対象物に容易に貼付できる。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの引張弾性率(ヤング率ともいう)は、23±2℃で、1×10~1×10Pa程度である。
 これに対して、加熱硬化して得られる保護膜の引張弾性率(ヤング率ともいう)は、23±2℃で、1×10~5.4×10Pa程度まで硬くなる。
 なお、保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜の引張弾性率(ヤング率ともいう)は、JIS K7161:1994に準じて測定できる。
The thermosetting protective film-forming film is cured by heating to become a protective film. This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip. The protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached. For example, the tensile elastic modulus (also referred to as Young's modulus) of the protective film-forming film is about 1 × 10 6 to 1 × 10 8 Pa at 23 ± 2 ° C.
In contrast, the tensile elastic modulus (also referred to as Young's modulus) of the protective film obtained by heat curing is hardened to about 1 × 10 8 to 5.4 × 10 9 Pa at 23 ± 2 ° C.
The tensile elastic modulus (also referred to as Young's modulus) of the protective film-forming film or protective film can be measured according to JIS K7161: 1994.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、後述する保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法において、半導体ウエハに貼付されて、支持シート、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム及び半導体ウエハをこの順に備えた積層体を準備する際に用いられる。
 以下、本発明に係る保護膜形成用複合シートの各構成について、詳細に説明する。
The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is a laminate provided with a support sheet, a thermosetting protective film forming film, and a semiconductor wafer in this order in a manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip with a protective film to be described later. Used when preparing the body.
Hereinafter, each structure of the composite film for protective film formation concerning this invention is demonstrated in detail.
〇基材
 前記基材は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、その構成材料としては、動的粘弾性測定をしたときの-15℃における損失正接(tanδ)が0.05以上である耐寒性に優れたポリマーであって、かつ、80℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(80))が35.0MPa以上である耐熱性に優れたポリマーを選択することが好ましい。例えば、耐熱性に優れるポリマーとしてはいわゆる硬いもの、Tgの高いポリマー、耐寒性に優れるポリマーとしてはいわゆる柔らかいもの、Tgの低いポリマーが良いと考えられる。
 -15℃における損失正接(tanδ)は、貯蔵弾性率の測定と同様の条件により求めることができる。
〇 Base material The base material is in the form of a sheet or film, and its constituent material is cold resistance having a loss tangent (tan δ) at −15 ° C. of 0.05 or more when dynamic viscoelasticity is measured. It is preferable to select a polymer that is excellent in heat resistance and that has a storage elastic modulus at 80 ° C. (G ′ (80)) of 35.0 MPa or more. For example, a polymer having excellent heat resistance is preferably a so-called hard polymer, a polymer having a high Tg, and a polymer having excellent cold resistance is preferably a so-called soft polymer or a polymer having a low Tg.
The loss tangent (tan δ) at −15 ° C. can be determined under the same conditions as the storage elastic modulus measurement.
 動的粘弾性測定をしたときの-15℃における損失正接(tanδ)が0.05以上であり、かつ、80℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(80))が35.0MPa以上である、耐寒性及び耐熱性の両者を充足する基材の構成材料としては、各種耐熱性の樹脂について、耐寒性を付与するために低Tgの樹脂等の柔軟成分が加えられたもの、耐寒性を付与するためにゴム成分が加えられ変性されたもの、耐熱性のある樹脂層と耐寒性のある樹脂層とを積層して、2層又は3層としたもの等が挙げられる。耐熱性の樹脂としては、80℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(80))が35.0MPa以上であるものが好ましく、ポリプロピレン(PP)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)等が挙げられる。耐寒性のある樹脂としては動的粘弾性測定をしたときの-15℃における損失正接(tanδ)が0.05以上であるものが好ましく、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)、高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)等のポリエチレン(PE)等が挙げられる。 The loss tangent (tan δ) at −15 ° C. when dynamic viscoelasticity is measured is 0.05 or more, and the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (80)) at 80 ° C. is 35.0 MPa or more. As a constituent material of the base material satisfying both the heat resistance and the heat resistance, various heat resistant resins are added with a soft component such as a low Tg resin to impart cold resistance, and impart cold resistance. For example, a rubber component is added and modified, and a heat-resistant resin layer and a cold-resistant resin layer are laminated to form two or three layers. The heat resistant resin preferably has a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (80)) at 80 ° C. of 35.0 MPa or more, and examples thereof include polypropylene (PP) and polybutylene terephthalate (PBT). As the resin having cold resistance, a resin having a loss tangent (tan δ) at −15 ° C. of 0.05 or more when dynamic viscoelasticity is measured is preferably low density polyethylene (LDPE) or linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE). And polyethylene (PE) such as high density polyethylene (HDPE).
 この他、使用することのできる基材の樹脂としては、例えば、ポリプロピレン、ポリブテン、ポリブタジエン、ポリメチルペンテン、ノルボルネン樹脂等のポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン;エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体、エチレン-ノルボルネン共重合体等のエチレン系共重合体(モノマーとしてエチレンを用いて得られた共重合体);ポリ塩化ビニル、塩化ビニル共重合体等の塩化ビニル系樹脂(モノマーとして塩化ビニルを用いて得られた樹脂);ポリスチレン;ポリシクロオレフィン;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリエチレンイソフタレート、ポリエチレン-2,6-ナフタレンジカルボキシレート、すべての構成単位が芳香族環式基を有する全芳香族ポリエステル等のポリエステル;2種以上の前記ポリエステルの共重合体;ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;ポリウレタン;ポリウレタンアクリレート;ポリイミド;ポリアミド;ポリカーボネート;フッ素樹脂;ポリアセタール;変性ポリフェニレンオキシド;ポリフェニレンスルフィド;ポリスルホン;ポリエーテルケトン等が挙げられる。 In addition, examples of the base resin that can be used include polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic Ethylene copolymers such as acid copolymers, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymers, ethylene-norbornene copolymers (copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer); polyvinyl chloride, chloride Vinyl chloride resins such as vinyl copolymers (resins obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalenedicarboxy rate Polyesters such as wholly aromatic polyesters in which all of the structural units have aromatic cyclic groups; copolymers of two or more of the above polyesters; poly (meth) acrylates; polyurethanes; polyurethane acrylates; polyimides; polyamides; Examples include fluororesins; polyacetals; modified polyphenylene oxides; polyphenylene sulfides; polysulfones;
 なお、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、「アクリル酸」及び「メタクリル酸」の両方を包含する概念とする。(メタ)アクリル酸と類似の用語についても同様である。 In the present specification, “(meth) acrylic acid” is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”. The same applies to terms similar to (meth) acrylic acid.
 基材を構成する樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。基材を構成する樹脂が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The resin constituting the substrate may be only one type or two or more types. When two or more kinds of resins are included in the base material, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 基材の厚さは、15~300μmであることが好ましく、50~200μmであることがより好ましく、60~150μmであることが特に好ましい。基材の厚さがこのような範囲であることで、前記保護膜形成用複合シートの可撓性と、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップへの貼付性がより向上する。
 ここで、「基材の厚さ」とは、基材全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる基材の厚さとは、基材を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
The thickness of the substrate is preferably 15 to 300 μm, more preferably 50 to 200 μm, and particularly preferably 60 to 150 μm. When the thickness of the substrate is within such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesiveness to a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip are further improved.
Here, “the thickness of the substrate” means the thickness of the entire substrate. For example, the thickness of the substrate composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate. means.
 基材は1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよい。基材が複数層からなる場合、これら複数層が互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。
 基材が複数層からなる場合には、各層の合計の厚さが、上記の好ましい基材の厚さとなるようにするとよい。
The substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When a base material consists of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited.
In the case where the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, the total thickness of each layer may be set to the preferable thickness of the substrate.
 基材の粘着剤層を備えている面(表面)の表面粗さRaは、0.001~0.1μmであることが好ましく、0.005~0.08μmであることがより好ましく、0.01~0.04μmであることが特に好ましい。基材表面の前記表面粗さRaが前記上限値以下であることで、保護膜に対してより鮮明にレーザー印字を行うことができる。
 基材表面の前記表面粗さRaは、JIS B0601:2001に準拠して求められる、いわゆる算術平均粗さを意味する。
 基材表面の前記表面粗さRaは、例えば、基材の成形条件や、表面処理条件等により、調節できる。
The surface roughness Ra of the surface (surface) provided with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the substrate is preferably 0.001 to 0.1 μm, more preferably 0.005 to 0.08 μm, and A thickness of 01 to 0.04 μm is particularly preferable. When the surface roughness Ra of the substrate surface is not more than the upper limit value, laser printing can be performed more clearly on the protective film.
The surface roughness Ra of the substrate surface means a so-called arithmetic average roughness obtained in accordance with JIS B0601: 2001.
The surface roughness Ra of the substrate surface can be adjusted by, for example, molding conditions of the substrate, surface treatment conditions, and the like.
 半導体ウエハを半導体チップへと個片化する方法としては、半導体ウエハの内部に設定された焦点に集束されるように、赤外域のレーザー光を照射して、半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成した後、この半導体ウエハに対して力を加えることで、前記改質層の形成部位を起点として半導体ウエハを分割し、個片化する方法が挙げられる。
 基材表面の前記表面粗さRaが、例えば、0.01~0.2μmである場合、このような基材を備えた保護膜形成用複合シートは、上述の半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成して半導体ウエハを個片化する際に用いるのに好適である。
As a method of dividing a semiconductor wafer into semiconductor chips, an infrared laser beam is irradiated so as to be focused on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer, and a modified layer is formed inside the semiconductor wafer. After the formation, there is a method in which a force is applied to the semiconductor wafer to divide the semiconductor wafer from the formation site of the modified layer and separate it into pieces.
When the surface roughness Ra of the substrate surface is, for example, 0.01 to 0.2 μm, the protective sheet-forming composite sheet provided with such a substrate has a modified layer in the semiconductor wafer described above. It is suitable for use when forming a semiconductor wafer into individual pieces.
 一方、基材の粘着剤層を備えている面(表面)とは反対側の面(裏面)の表面粗さRa、換言すると、支持シートの保護膜形成用フィルムを備えている面(表面)とは反対側の面(裏面)の表面粗さRaは、0.001~4μmであることが好ましく、0.005~3.7μmであることがより好ましく、0.01~3.4μmであることがさらに好ましく、0.02~3.1μmであることが特に好ましい。基材裏面の前記表面粗さRaが前記上限値以下であることで、支持シートと接触している側とは反対側の表面における表面粗さRaをより容易に小さくでき、支持シートの側から半導体ウエハに赤外域のレーザー光を照射(SD)する際に、赤外域のレーザー光が支持シートを透過して半導体ウエハの内部に良好に改質層を形成することができ、また、保護膜に対して鮮明にレーザー印字を行うことがより容易となる。
 基材裏面の前記表面粗さRaは、例えば、基材の成形条件や、表面処理条件等により、調節できる。
On the other hand, the surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) opposite to the surface (front surface) provided with the adhesive layer of the substrate, in other words, the surface (surface) provided with the protective film forming film of the support sheet. The surface roughness Ra of the opposite surface (back surface) is preferably 0.001 to 4 μm, more preferably 0.005 to 3.7 μm, and 0.01 to 3.4 μm. More preferably, the thickness is 0.02 to 3.1 μm. When the surface roughness Ra on the back surface of the substrate is less than or equal to the upper limit value, the surface roughness Ra on the surface opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet can be more easily reduced. When a semiconductor wafer is irradiated (SD) with an infrared laser beam, the infrared laser beam can pass through the support sheet to form a modified layer in the semiconductor wafer, and a protective film. In contrast, it becomes easier to perform laser printing clearly.
The surface roughness Ra of the back surface of the base material can be adjusted by, for example, molding conditions of the base material, surface treatment conditions, and the like.
 基材の材質である樹脂は、架橋されたものであってもよい。
 また、基材の材質である樹脂は、熱可塑性樹脂の押出形成によりシート化されたものであってもよいし、延伸されたものであってもよく、硬化性樹脂の公知の手段による薄層化及び硬化によって、シート化されたものであってもよい。
 また、基材は、着色されたものであってもよいし、印刷が施されたものであってもよい。
The resin that is the material of the base material may be cross-linked.
In addition, the resin that is the material of the base material may be a sheet formed by extrusion molding of a thermoplastic resin, or may be a stretched sheet, and a thin layer formed by a known means of a curable resin. It may be formed into a sheet by forming and curing.
Further, the base material may be colored or printed.
 基材は、耐熱性に優れ、かつ適度な柔軟性を有することでクールエキスパンド適性を有し、ピックアップ適性も良好となる点から、ポリプロピレンを含有するものが好ましい。
 ポリプロピレンを含有する基材は、例えば、ポリプロピレンのみからなる単層又は複数層の基材であってもよいし、ポリプロピレン層とポリプロピレン以外の樹脂層とが積層されてなる複数層の基材であってもよい。
 保護膜形成用フィルムは、基材が耐熱性を有することで、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを加熱硬化する条件下でも支持シートが撓んでしまうことを効果的に抑制できる。
The base material is preferably one containing polypropylene because it has excellent heat resistance and appropriate flexibility, so that it has cool expandability and good pick-up properties.
The base material containing polypropylene may be, for example, a single layer or a plurality of layers made of only polypropylene, or a multiple layer base material in which a polypropylene layer and a resin layer other than polypropylene are laminated. May be.
The protective film-forming film can effectively suppress the support sheet from being bent even under conditions in which the thermosetting protective film-forming film is heat-cured because the substrate has heat resistance.
 基材は、厚さの精度が高いもの、すなわち、部位によらず厚さのばらつきが抑制されたものが好ましい。上述の構成材料のうち、このような厚さの精度が高い基材を構成するのに使用可能な材料としては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体等が挙げられる。 The base material is preferably one having high thickness accuracy, that is, one in which variation in thickness is suppressed regardless of the part. Among the above-mentioned constituent materials, examples of materials that can be used to construct such a substrate with high thickness accuracy include polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, and the like. Is mentioned.
 基材は、前記樹脂等の主たる構成材料以外に、充填材、着色剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、有機滑剤、触媒、軟化剤(可塑剤)等の公知の各種添加剤を含有していてもよい。 The base material contains various known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer) in addition to the main constituent material such as the resin. May be.
 基材の光学特性は、先に説明した支持シートの光学特性を満たすようになっていればよい。すなわち、基材は、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよいし、他の層が蒸着されていてもよい。 The optical characteristics of the base material only need to satisfy the optical characteristics of the support sheet described above. That is, the substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
 基材は、その上に設けられる粘着剤層等の他の層との密着性を向上させるために、サンドブラスト処理、溶剤処理等による凹凸化処理や、コロナ放電処理、電子線照射処理、プラズマ処理、オゾン・紫外線照射処理、火炎処理、クロム酸処理、熱風処理等の酸化処理等が表面に施されたものであってもよい。
 また、基材は、表面がプライマー処理を施されたものであってもよい。
 また、基材は、帯電防止コート層、保護膜形成用複合シートを重ね合わせて保存する際に、基材が他のシートに接着することや、基材が吸着テーブルに接着することを防止する層等を有するものであってもよい。
In order to improve the adhesion with other layers such as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on the substrate, the substrate is subjected to a roughening treatment such as sandblast treatment, solvent treatment, corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment. The surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone / ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
The base material may have a surface subjected to primer treatment.
In addition, the base material prevents the base material from adhering to other sheets or the base material from adhering to the adsorption table when the antistatic coating layer and the protective film-forming composite sheet are stored in an overlapping manner. It may have a layer or the like.
 基材は、公知の方法で製造できる。例えば、樹脂を含有する基材は、前記樹脂を含有する樹脂組成物を成形することで製造できる。 The base material can be manufactured by a known method. For example, a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the resin.
〇粘着剤層
 前記粘着剤層は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、含有する粘着剤の物性を、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))は0.16MPa以下、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))は0.10MPa以上に、調整したものである。
 前記粘着剤としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート、エステル系樹脂等の粘着性樹脂が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂が好ましい。
* Adhesive layer The said adhesive layer is a sheet form or a film form, and the storage elastic modulus (G '(70)) in 70 degreeC is 0.16 Mpa or less and the storage elasticity in 23 degreeC about the physical property of the adhesive to contain. The rate (G ′ (23)) is adjusted to 0.10 MPa or more.
Examples of the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, ester resins, and acrylic resins are preferable. .
 なお、本発明において、「粘着性樹脂」とは、粘着性を有する樹脂と、接着性を有する樹脂と、の両方を含む概念であり、例えば、樹脂自体が粘着性を有するものだけでなく、添加剤等の他の成分との併用により粘着性を示す樹脂や、熱又は水等のトリガーの存在によって接着性を示す樹脂等も含む。 In the present invention, the “adhesive resin” is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin. For example, the resin itself has an adhesive property, Also included are resins that exhibit tackiness when used in combination with other components such as additives, and resins that exhibit adhesiveness due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
 粘着剤層は1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよい。粘着剤層が複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is composed of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
 粘着剤層の厚さは1~100μmであることが好ましく、1~60μmであることがより好ましく、1~30μmであることがさらに好ましく、3~20μmであることが特に好ましい。
 ここで、「粘着剤層の厚さ」とは、粘着剤層全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる粘着剤層の厚さとは、粘着剤層を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 1 to 60 μm, still more preferably 1 to 30 μm, and particularly preferably 3 to 20 μm.
Here, the “thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer” means the thickness of the whole pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. For example, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers is the total of all layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the thickness.
 粘着剤層の光学特性は、先に説明した支持シートの光学特性を満たすようになっていればよい。すなわち、粘着剤層は、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよい。 The optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer only need to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose.
 粘着剤層は、エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を用いて形成されたものでもよいし、非エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を用いて形成されたものでもよい。エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤を用いて形成された粘着剤層は、硬化前及び硬化後での物性を、容易に調節できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.
 本発明において、「エネルギー線」とは、電磁波又は荷電粒子線の中でエネルギー量子を有するものを意味し、その例として、紫外線、放射線、電子線等が挙げられる。
 紫外線は、例えば、紫外線源として高圧水銀ランプ、ヒュージョンランプ、キセノンランプ、ブラックライト又はLEDランプ等を用いることで照射できる。電子線は、電子線加速器等によって発生させたものを照射できる。
 本発明において、「エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射することにより硬化する性質を意味し、「非エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射しても硬化しない性質を意味する。
In the present invention, “energy beam” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quanta, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays, radiation, and electron beams.
Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated, for example, by using a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, an LED lamp or the like as an ultraviolet ray source. The electron beam can be emitted by an electron beam accelerator or the like.
In the present invention, “energy ray curable” means the property of being cured by irradiation with energy rays, and “non-energy ray curable” means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy rays. .
<<粘着剤組成物>>
 粘着剤層は、粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、粘着剤層の形成対象面に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に粘着剤層を形成できる。粘着剤層のより具体的な形成方法は、他の層の形成方法とともに、後ほど詳細に説明する。粘着剤組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、粘着剤層の前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。ここで、「常温」とは、先に説明したとおりである。
<< Adhesive composition >>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive. For example, an adhesive layer can be formed in the target site | part by applying an adhesive composition to the formation object surface of an adhesive layer, and making it dry as needed. A more specific method for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer will be described later in detail, along with methods for forming other layers. The ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Here, “normal temperature” is as described above.
 粘着剤組成物の塗工は、公知の方法で行えばよく、例えば、エアーナイフコーター、ブレードコーター、バーコーター、グラビアコーター、ロールコーター、ロールナイフコーター、カーテンコーター、ダイコーター、ナイフコーター、スクリーンコーター、マイヤーバーコーター、キスコーター等の各種コーターを用いる方法が挙げられる。 The adhesive composition may be applied by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater. And a method using various coaters such as a Meyer bar coater and a kiss coater.
 粘着剤組成物の乾燥条件は、特に限定されないが、粘着剤組成物は、後述する溶媒を含有している場合、加熱乾燥させることが好ましく、この場合、例えば、70~130℃で10秒間~5分間の条件で乾燥させることが好ましい。 The drying conditions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are not particularly limited, but when the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a solvent described later, it is preferably heated and dried. In this case, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to It is preferable to dry under conditions of 5 minutes.
 粘着剤層がエネルギー線硬化性である場合、エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物、すなわち、エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、例えば、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)(以下、「粘着性樹脂(I-1a)」と略記することがある)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-1);非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)(以下、「粘着性樹脂(I-2a)」と略記することがある)を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-2);前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-3)等が挙げられる。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray-curable, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, that is, the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, for example, non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “adhesive resin (I-1a)”) and an energy ray-curable compound; Energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the linear-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter referred to as “adhesive resin (I-2a)”) A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray curable compound, etc. Is mentioned.
<粘着剤組成物(I-1)>
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。
<Adhesive composition (I-1)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
[粘着性樹脂(I-1a)]
 前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、アクリル系樹脂であることが好ましい。
 前記アクリル系樹脂としては、例えば、少なくとも(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有するアクリル系重合体が挙げられる。
 前記アクリル系樹脂が有する構成単位は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。前記アクリル系樹脂が有する構成単位が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
The adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
The acrylic resin may have only one type of structural unit, or two or more types of structural units. When the structural units possessed by the acrylic resin are two or more, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基の炭素数が1~20であるのものが挙げられ、前記アルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であることが好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとして、より具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イコシル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred.
More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, (meth) acrylic acid isooctyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-octyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-nonyl, (meth) acrylic acid isononyl, (meth) acrylic acid decyl, (meta) ) Undecyl acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (also called lauryl (meth) acrylate) ), Tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as palmityl (meth) acrylate), Examples include heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as stearyl (meth) acrylate), nonadecyl (meth) acrylate, icosyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
 粘着剤層の粘着力が向上する点から、前記アクリル系重合体は、前記アルキル基の炭素数が4以上である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。そして、粘着剤層の粘着力がより向上する点から、前記アルキル基の炭素数は、4~12であることが好ましく、4~8であることがより好ましい。また、前記アルキル基の炭素数が4以上である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルは、アクリル酸アルキルエステルであることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group has 4 or more carbon atoms. In view of further improving the adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the alkyl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms. In addition, the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having 4 or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
 前記アクリル系重合体は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 前記官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、前記官能基が後述する架橋剤と反応することで架橋の起点となり、前記官能基が後述する不飽和基含有化合物中の不飽和基と反応することで、アクリル系重合体の側鎖に不飽和基の導入を可能とするものが挙げられる。
The acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate.
As the functional group-containing monomer, for example, when the functional group reacts with a crosslinking agent described later, it becomes a starting point of crosslinking, and the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in the unsaturated group-containing compound described later. The thing which enables introduction | transduction of an unsaturated group to the side chain of an acrylic polymer is mentioned.
 官能基含有モノマー中の前記官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基等が挙げられる。
 すなわち、官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。
Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and an epoxy group.
That is, examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
 前記水酸基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル;ビニルアルコール、アリルアルコール等の非(メタ)アクリル系不飽和アルコール((メタ)アクリロイル骨格を有しない不飽和アルコールともいう)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohols (also referred to as unsaturated alcohols having no (meth) acryloyl skeleton), and the like can be given.
 前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸等のエチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノカルボン酸ともいう);フマル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸等のエチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するジカルボン酸ともいう);前記エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸の無水物;2-カルボキシエチルメタクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid (also referred to as monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as citraconic acid (also referred to as dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate Examples include esters.
 官能基含有モノマーは、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマーが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマーがより好ましい。 The functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
 前記アクリル系重合体を構成する官能基含有モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。官能基含有モノマーが、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more functional group-containing monomers, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記アクリル系重合体において、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有量は、構成単位の全質量に対して、1~35質量%であることが好ましく、2~32質量%であることがより好ましく、3~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the acrylic polymer, the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 2 to 32% by mass with respect to the total mass of the structural unit. The content is preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
 前記アクリル系重合体は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位、及び官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、他のモノマー由来の構成単位を有していてもよい。
 前記他のモノマーは、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等と共重合可能なものであれば特に限定されない。
 前記他のモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、ギ酸ビニル、酢酸ビニル、アクリロニトリル、アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。
In addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer, the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.
The other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
Examples of the other monomer include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide and the like.
 前記アクリル系重合体を構成する前記他のモノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。前記他のモノマーが、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be one kind or two or more kinds. When the said other monomer is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
 前記アクリル系重合体は、上述の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として使用できる。
 一方、前記アクリル系重合体中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基(エネルギー線重合性基ともいう)を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させたものは、上述のエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として使用できる。
The acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
On the other hand, the functional group in the acrylic polymer is reacted with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy beam polymerizable unsaturated group (also referred to as energy beam polymerizable group). It can be used as an adhesive resin (I-2a).
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。粘着性樹脂(I-1a)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one type or two or more types. When the adhesive resin (I-1a) is two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の総質量に対して、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, particularly preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
[エネルギー線硬化性化合物]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー又はオリゴマーが挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、モノマーとしては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-へキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート等の多価(メタ)アクリレート;ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエーテル(メタ)アクリレート;エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、オリゴマーとしては、例えば、上記で例示したモノマーが重合してなるオリゴマー等が挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、分子量が比較的大きく、粘着剤層の貯蔵弾性率を低下させにくいという点では、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーが好ましい。
[Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays.
Among the energy ray curable compounds, examples of the monomer include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and 1,4. Polybutyl (meth) acrylates such as butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy ( And (meth) acrylate.
Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of the oligomer include an oligomer formed by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.
The energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer from the viewpoint that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly lowered.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types. When the energy ray curable compounds are two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の総質量に対して、1~95質量%であることが好ましく、5~90質量%であることがより好ましく、10~85質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It is more preferably 5 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 85% by mass.
[架橋剤]
 粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。
[Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
 前記架橋剤は、例えば、前記官能基と反応して、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)同士を架橋するものである。
 架橋剤としては、例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、これらジイソシアネートのアダクト体等のイソシアネート系架橋剤(イソシアネート基を有する架橋剤ともいう);エチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ系架橋剤(グリシジル基を有する架橋剤ともいう);ヘキサ[1-(2-メチル)-アジリジニル]トリフオスファトリアジン等のアジリジン系架橋剤(アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤ともいう);アルミニウムキレート等の金属キレート系架橋剤(金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤ともいう);イソシアヌレート系架橋剤(イソシアヌル酸骨格を有する架橋剤ともいう)等が挙げられる。
 粘着剤の凝集力を向上させて粘着剤層の粘着力を向上させる点、及び入手が容易である等の点から、架橋剤はイソシアネート系架橋剤であることが好ましい。
For example, the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a).
Examples of the cross-linking agent include tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (also referred to as cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group), and epoxy-based cross-linking such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether. Agent (also referred to as a crosslinking agent having a glycidyl group); Aziridine-based crosslinking agent (also referred to as a crosslinking agent having an aziridinyl group) such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] triphosphatriazine; Metal such as aluminum chelate Examples thereof include chelate-based cross-linking agents (also referred to as cross-linking agents having a metal chelate structure); isocyanurate-based cross-linking agents (also referred to as cross-linking agents having an isocyanuric acid skeleton).
The crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent from the viewpoints of improving the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improving the pressure-sensitive adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and being easily available.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。架橋剤が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more crosslinking agents are used, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
[光重合開始剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with a curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
 前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾイン安息香酸、ベンゾイン安息香酸メチル、ベンゾインジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン化合物;アセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン等のアセトフェノン化合物;ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド等のアシルフォスフィンオキサイド化合物;ベンジルフェニルスルフィド、テトラメチルチウラムモノスルフィド等のスルフィド化合物;1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等のα-ケトール化合物;アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等のアゾ化合物;チタノセン等のチタノセン化合物;チオキサントン等のチオキサントン化合物;パーオキサイド化合物;ジアセチル等のジケトン化合物;ベンジル;ジベンジル;ベンゾフェノン;2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン;1,2-ジフェニルメタン;2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-[4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル]プロパノン;2-クロロアントラキノン等が挙げられる。
 また、前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、1-クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物;アミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy Acetophenone compounds such as -2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Sulfidation of benzylphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide, etc. An α-ketol compound such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; an azo compound such as azobisisobutyronitrile; a titanocene compound such as titanocene; a thioxanthone compound such as thioxanthone; a peroxide compound; a diketone compound such as diacetyl; Benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; a photosensitizer such as amine can be used.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。前記光重合開始剤が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When the said photoinitiator is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound. The amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by weight.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 前記その他の添加剤としては、例えば、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、軟化剤(可塑剤ともいう)、充填材(フィラーともいう)、防錆剤、着色剤(顔料、染料等)、増感剤、粘着付与剤、反応遅延剤、架橋促進剤(触媒ともいう)等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。
 なお、反応遅延剤とは、例えば、粘着剤組成物(I-1)中に混入している触媒の作用によって、保存中の粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、目的としない架橋反応が進行するのを抑制するものである。反応遅延剤としては、例えば、触媒に対するキレートによってキレート錯体を形成するものが挙げられ、より具体的には、1分子中にカルボニル基(-C(=O)-)を2個以上有するものが挙げられる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (also referred to as plasticizers), fillers (also referred to as fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes, etc.), and sensitization. Known additives such as an agent, a tackifier, a reaction retarder, and a crosslinking accelerator (also referred to as a catalyst) can be used.
Incidentally, the reaction retarding agent means, for example, an undesired crosslinking reaction in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of the catalyst mixed in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It suppresses progress. Examples of the reaction retarder include those that form a chelate complex by chelation against a catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (—C (═O) —) in one molecule. Can be mentioned.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記その他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。前記その他の添加剤が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The above-mentioned other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When the said other additive is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していてもよい。粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していることで、塗工対象面への塗工適性が向上する。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
 前記溶媒は有機溶媒であることが好ましく、前記有機溶媒としては、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、アセトン等のケトン;酢酸エチル等のエステル(カルボン酸エステルともいう);テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン等のエーテル;シクロヘキサン、n-ヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素;1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール等のアルコール等が挙げられる。 The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (also referred to as carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; cyclohexane, n- Examples thereof include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.
 前記溶媒としては、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の製造時に用いたものを粘着性樹脂(I-1a)から取り除かずに、そのまま粘着剤組成物(I-1)において用いてもよいし、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の製造時に用いたものと同一又は異なる種類の溶媒を、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の製造時に別途添加してもよい。 As the solvent, for example, the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be used as it is in the adhesive composition (I-1) without being removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a). In addition, the same or different type of solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be added separately during the production of the adhesive composition (I-1).
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。溶媒が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more solvents are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
<粘着剤組成物(I-2)>
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)を含有する。
<Adhesive composition (I-2)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is an energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
[粘着性樹脂(I-2a)]
 前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)は、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させることで得られる。
[Adhesive resin (I-2a)]
The adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
 前記不飽和基含有化合物は、前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基以外に、さらに粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基と反応することで、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と結合可能な基を有する化合物である。
 前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基(エテニル基ともいう)、アリル基(2-プロペニル基ともいう)等が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
 粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基と結合可能な基としては、例えば、水酸基又はアミノ基と結合可能なイソシアネート基及びグリシジル基、並びにカルボキシ基又はエポキシ基と結合可能な水酸基及びアミノ基等が挙げられる。
The unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group. A compound having a group.
Examples of the energy beam polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (also referred to as ethenyl group), allyl group (also referred to as 2-propenyl group), and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable. .
Examples of the group capable of binding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxyl group and an amino group that can be bonded to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
 前記不飽和基含有化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、(メタ)アクリロイルイソシアネート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-2a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。粘着性樹脂(I-2a)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be one type or two or more types. When the adhesive resin (I-2a) is two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量は、粘着剤組成物(I-2)の総質量に対して、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、10~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2). The content is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 90% by mass.
[架橋剤]
 粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)におけるものと同様の、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに架橋剤を含有していてもよい。
[Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer similar to that in the adhesive resin (I-1a) is used as the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, an adhesive composition ( I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記架橋剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における架橋剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。架橋剤が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same crosslinking agents as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more crosslinking agents are used, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by weight.
[光重合開始剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記光重合開始剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。光重合開始剤が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more photopolymerization initiators, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). 0.03 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。その他の添加剤が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more other additives, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。溶媒が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more solvents are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
<粘着剤組成物(I-3)>
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、上述の様に、前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。
<Adhesive composition (I-3)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量は、粘着剤組成物(I-3)の総質量に対して、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3). It is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, particularly preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
[エネルギー線硬化性化合物]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー及びオリゴマーが挙げられ、粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays. Examples thereof include the same energy ray curable compounds contained in the product (I-1).
The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types. When the energy ray curable compounds are two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~300質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~200質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~100質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 0.01 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). It is preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
[光重合開始剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)における前記光重合開始剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。光重合開始剤が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more photopolymerization initiators, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)及び前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to about 100 parts by mass of the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray curable compound. The amount is preferably 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。その他の添加剤が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more other additives, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。溶媒が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types. When two or more solvents are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
<粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物>
 ここまでは、粘着剤組成物(I-1)、粘着剤組成物(I-2)及び粘着剤組成物(I-3)について主に説明したが、これらの含有成分として説明したものは、これら3種の粘着剤組成物以外の全般的な粘着剤組成物(本明細書においては、「粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物」と称する)でも、同様に用いることができる。
<Adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)>
So far, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) have been mainly described. General pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than these three types of pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (referred to herein as “pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)”) But it can be used similarly.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物としては、エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物以外に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物も挙げられる。
 非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート、エステル系樹脂等の、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-4)が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂を含有するものが好ましい。
Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
Non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions include, for example, acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester resin, etc. An adhesive composition (I-4) containing an adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferable, and an adhesive composition containing an acrylic resin is preferred.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物は、1種又は2種以上の架橋剤を含有することが好ましく、その含有量は、上述の粘着剤組成物(I-1)等の場合と同様とすることができる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contains one or more kinds of crosslinking agents, and the content thereof is the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It can be the same as in the case of (I-1).
<粘着剤組成物(I-4)>
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)で好ましいものとしては、例えば、前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、架橋剤と、を含有するものが挙げられる。
<Adhesive composition (I-4)>
Preferred examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include those containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent.
[粘着性樹脂(I-1a)]
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)における粘着性樹脂(I-1a)としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。粘着性樹脂(I-1a)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
Examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be one type or two or more types. When the adhesive resin (I-1a) is two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量は、粘着剤組成物(I-4)の総質量に対して、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4). It is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, particularly preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
[架橋剤]
 粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。
[Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)における架橋剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における架橋剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。架橋剤が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same crosslinking agents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more crosslinking agents are used, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。その他の添加剤が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more other additives, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。溶媒が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more solvents are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately adjusted.
<<粘着剤組成物の製造方法>>
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)や、粘着剤組成物(I-4)等の粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物は、前記粘着剤と、必要に応じて前記粘着剤以外の成分等の、粘着剤組成物を構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
 各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
 溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
 配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
 各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。
<< Method for producing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition >>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive and components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive, if necessary.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
○支持シート
 支持シートは、前記基材及び前記粘着剤層が積層されてなるものであり、ダイシング工程等で保護膜形成用フィルムの表面を保護するためのダイシングシート等の役割を果たすものに相当する。
○ Support sheet The support sheet is formed by laminating the base material and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and corresponds to a sheet serving as a dicing sheet for protecting the surface of the protective film-forming film in a dicing process or the like. To do.
 支持シートの厚さは、目的に応じて適宜選択すればよいが、前記保護膜形成用複合シートに十分な可撓性を付与でき、半導体ウエハへの貼付性や、保護膜形成用複合シートの製造時のハンドリング性から鑑みると、好ましくは10~500μm、より好ましくは20~350μm、特に好ましくは30~200μmである。
 ここで、「支持シートの厚さ」とは、基材の厚さ及び粘着剤層の厚さの合計値を意味する。
 なお、支持シートは、少なくとも一方の面が凹凸面となり得るが、支持シートの厚さは、支持シートのこの凹凸面における凸部を含む部位では、この凸部の先端を一方の起点として算出すればよい。
 なお、本明細書において、「厚さ」は、無作為に選択した5箇所で、例えば、定圧厚さ測定器を用いて厚さを測定し、測定値の平均を算出することにより取得できる。
The thickness of the support sheet may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but can provide sufficient flexibility to the protective film-forming composite sheet. In view of handling at the time of manufacture, the thickness is preferably 10 to 500 μm, more preferably 20 to 350 μm, and particularly preferably 30 to 200 μm.
Here, the “thickness of the support sheet” means the total value of the thickness of the base material and the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
Note that, at least one surface of the support sheet can be an uneven surface, but the thickness of the support sheet is calculated with the tip of the convex portion as one starting point at a portion including the convex portion on the uneven surface of the support sheet. That's fine.
In the present specification, “thickness” can be obtained by measuring the thickness using, for example, a constant pressure thickness measuring instrument at five randomly selected locations and calculating the average of the measured values.
 支持シートは、上記の理由で透明であることが好ましい。しかし、所定のレーザーの波長の透過性と、割断の可否の検査性を確保できる範囲であれば不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよい。 The support sheet is preferably transparent for the above reasons. However, it may be opaque and may be colored according to the purpose as long as the transparency of a predetermined laser wavelength and the inspectability for cleaving can be ensured.
 具体的には、支持シートにおいて、波長532nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明りょうに印字できる。
 一方、支持シートにおいて、波長532nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、95%とすることが可能である。
 すなわち、支持シートにおいて、波長532nmの光の透過率は30%以上95%以下が好ましく、50%以上95%以下がより好ましく、70%以上95%以下が特に好ましい。
Specifically, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and printed on these, printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
That is, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%.
 また、支持シートにおいて、波長1064nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。同様に、支持シートにおいて、波長1342nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこれらのような範囲であることで、支持シートの側から半導体ウエハに赤外域のレーザー光を照射(SD)する際に、赤外域のレーザー光が支持シートを透過して半導体ウエハの内部に良好に改質層を形成することができ、また、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明りょうに印字できる。
 一方、支持シートにおいて、波長1064nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、95%とすることが可能である。同様に、支持シートにおいて、波長1342nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、95%とすることが可能である。
 すなわち、支持シートにおいて、波長1064nmの光の透過率は30%以上95%以下が好ましく、50%以上95%以下がより好ましく、70%以上95%以下が特に好ましい。同様に、支持シートにおいて、波長1342nmの光の透過率は30%以上95%以下が好ましく、50%以上95%以下がより好ましく、70%以上95%以下が特に好ましい。
Further, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. Similarly, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1342 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is in such a range, when the semiconductor wafer is irradiated with infrared laser light (SD) from the support sheet side, the infrared laser light is transmitted through the support sheet. A modified layer can be satisfactorily formed inside a semiconductor wafer, and when a protective film-forming film or protective film is irradiated with a laser beam through a support sheet and printed on these, it becomes clearer. Can be printed.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%. Similarly, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1342 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
That is, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%. Similarly, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1342 nm is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%.
○熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム
 前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは、熱硬化性であり、熱硬化を経て最終的には耐衝撃性が高い保護膜となる。この保護膜は、例えば、ダイシング工程以降の半導体チップにおける、クラックの発生を防止する。
 保護膜形成用フィルムは、後述する熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。
A film for forming a thermosetting protective film The film for forming a thermosetting protective film is thermosetting, and finally becomes a protective film having high impact resistance after being subjected to thermosetting. This protective film prevents the occurrence of cracks in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process, for example.
The protective film-forming film can be formed using a thermosetting protective film-forming composition described later.
 熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは1層(単層)のみでもよいし、2層以上の複数層でもよい。熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが、複数層である場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The thermosetting protective film-forming film may be a single layer (single layer) or a multilayer of two or more layers. When the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
 熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さは、特に限定されないが、1~100μmであることが好ましく、5~75μmであることがより好ましく、5~50μmであることが特に好ましい。熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記下限値以上であることで、被着体である半導体ウエハ及び半導体チップに対する接着力が、より大きくなる。また、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記上限値以下であることにより、クールエキスパンド時に、せん断力を利用して硬化物である保護膜をより容易に割断できる。 The thickness of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 5 to 75 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. When the thickness of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is equal to or greater than the lower limit, the adhesive force to the adherend semiconductor wafer and semiconductor chip is further increased. Moreover, when the thickness of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is not more than the above upper limit value, the protective film that is a cured product can be more easily cleaved using a shearing force at the time of cool expansion.
 好ましい熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとしては、例えば、重合体成分(A)及び熱硬化性成分(B)を含有するものが挙げられる。重合体成分(A)は、重合性化合物が重合反応して形成されたとみなせる成分である。また、熱硬化性成分(B)は、熱を反応のトリガーとして、硬化(重合)反応し得る成分である。なお、本発明において重合反応には、重縮合反応も含まれる。以下、「熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム」を、単に「保護膜形成用フィルム」とも云う。 Preferred examples of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film include those containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B). The polymer component (A) is a component that can be regarded as formed by polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. The thermosetting component (B) is a component that can undergo a curing (polymerization) reaction using heat as a reaction trigger. In the present invention, the polymerization reaction includes a polycondensation reaction. Hereinafter, the “thermosetting protective film-forming film” is also simply referred to as “protective film-forming film”.
 本発明において、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜と、粘着剤層との間の粘着力は、50~1500mN/25mmであることが好ましく、52~1450mN/25mmであることがより好ましく、53~1430mN/25mmであることが特に好ましい。前記粘着力が前記下限値以上であることで、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ時に、目的外の保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップが抑制され、目的とする保護膜付き半導体チップを高選択的にピックアップできる。また、前記粘着力が前記上限値以下であることで、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ時に、半導体チップの割れ及び欠けが抑制される。このように、前記粘着力が特定の範囲内であることで、保護膜形成用複合シートは、良好なピックアップ適性を有する。 In the present invention, the adhesive force between the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm, and preferably 52 to 1450 mN / 25 mm. Is more preferable, and 53 to 1430 mN / 25 mm is particularly preferable. When the adhesive force is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, pickup of a semiconductor chip with a protective film other than the target is suppressed during pickup of the semiconductor chip with a protective film, and the target semiconductor chip with a protective film is highly selectively picked up. it can. Moreover, when the adhesive force is equal to or less than the upper limit value, cracking and chipping of the semiconductor chip are suppressed when the semiconductor chip with a protective film is picked up. Thus, when the adhesive force is within a specific range, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has good pickup suitability.
 保護膜と粘着剤層との間の粘着力は、以下の方法で測定できる。
 すなわち、幅が25mmで長さが任意の保護膜形成用複合シートをその保護膜形成用フィルムにより被着体へ貼付する。
 次いで、保護膜形成用フィルムを熱硬化させて、保護膜を形成した後、被着体へ貼付されているこの保護膜から、支持シートを剥離速度300mm/minで剥離させる。このときの剥離は、保護膜及び粘着剤層の互いに接触していた面同士が180°の角度を為すように、支持シートをその長さ方向(保護膜形成用複合シートの長さ方向)へ剥離させる、いわゆる180°剥離とする。そして、この180°剥離のときの荷重(剥離力)を測定し、その測定値を前記粘着力(mN/25mm)とする。
The adhesive force between the protective film and the adhesive layer can be measured by the following method.
That is, a protective film-forming composite sheet having a width of 25 mm and an arbitrary length is attached to an adherend by the protective film-forming film.
Next, the protective film-forming film is thermally cured to form a protective film, and then the support sheet is peeled off from the protective film attached to the adherend at a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. The peeling at this time is such that the supporting sheet is in the length direction (the length direction of the composite sheet for forming the protective film) so that the surfaces of the protective film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that are in contact with each other form an angle of 180 °. The so-called 180 ° peeling is performed. And the load (peeling force) at the time of this 180 degree | times peeling is measured, and let the measured value be the said adhesive force (mN / 25mm).
 測定に供する保護膜形成用複合シートの長さは、粘着力を安定して検出できる範囲であれば、特に限定されないが、100~300mmであることが好ましい。また、測定に際しては、保護膜形成用複合シートを被着体へ貼付した状態とし、保護膜形成用複合シートの貼付状態を安定化させておくことが好ましい。 The length of the composite sheet for forming a protective film used for the measurement is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force can be stably detected, but is preferably 100 to 300 mm. In the measurement, it is preferable that the protective sheet-forming composite sheet is stuck on the adherend and the sticking state of the protective film-forming composite sheet is stabilized.
 本発明において、保護膜形成用フィルムと粘着剤層との間の粘着力は、特に限定されず、例えば、80mN/25mm以上等であってもよいが、100mN/25mm以上であることが好ましく、150mN/25mm以上であることがより好ましく、200mN/25mm以上であることが特に好ましい。前記粘着力が100mN/25mm以上であることで、ダイシング時において、保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの剥離が抑制され、例えば、裏面に保護膜形成用フィルムを備えた半導体チップが支持シートから飛散することが抑制される。 In the present invention, the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 80 mN / 25 mm or more, preferably 100 mN / 25 mm or more, It is more preferably 150 mN / 25 mm or more, and particularly preferably 200 mN / 25 mm or more. When the adhesive force is 100 mN / 25 mm or more, peeling between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is suppressed during dicing. For example, a semiconductor chip having a protective film-forming film on the back surface is removed from the support sheet. Scattering is suppressed.
 一方、保護膜形成用フィルムと粘着剤層との間の粘着力の上限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、4000mN/25mm、3000mN/25mm、2000mN/25mm等のいずれかとすることができる。
 すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムと粘着剤層との間の粘着力は、80~4000mN/25mmが好ましく、100~4000mN/25mmがより好ましく、150~3000mN/25mmがさらに好ましく、200~2000mN/25mmが特に好ましい。
 ただし、これらは一例である。
On the other hand, the upper limit value of the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be any of, for example, 4000 mN / 25 mm, 3000 mN / 25 mm, 2000 mN / 25 mm, and the like.
That is, the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 80 to 4000 mN / 25 mm, more preferably 100 to 4000 mN / 25 mm, further preferably 150 to 3000 mN / 25 mm, and 200 to 2000 mN / 25 mm. Is particularly preferred.
However, these are examples.
 保護膜形成用フィルムと粘着剤層との間の粘着力は、測定に供する保護膜形成用フィルムの、熱硬化を行わない点以外は、上述の保護膜と支持シートとの間の粘着力と同じ方法で測定できる。 The adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is the same as the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet, except that the protective film-forming film used for measurement is not thermally cured. It can be measured in the same way.
 上述の、保護膜と粘着剤層との間の粘着力、及び保護膜形成用フィルムと粘着剤層との間の粘着力は、例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの含有成分の種類及び量、粘着剤層の構成材料、粘着剤層の表面状態等を調節することで、適宜調節できる。 The adhesive force between the protective film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are, for example, the types and amounts of the components contained in the protective film-forming film, It can adjust suitably by adjusting the constituent material of an agent layer, the surface state of an adhesive layer, etc.
 例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの含有成分の種類及び量は、後述する保護膜形成用組成物の含有成分の種類及び量により調節できる。そして、保護膜形成用組成物の含有成分のうち、例えば、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の種類及び含有量、充填材(d)の含有量、又は架橋剤(f)の含有量を調節することで、保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の粘着力をより容易に調節できる。 For example, the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming film can be adjusted by the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming composition described below. And among the components of the composition for forming a protective film, for example, the type and content of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group, the content of the filler (d), or the crosslinking agent (f) By adjusting the content of, the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be adjusted more easily.
 また、例えば、支持シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムを設ける層が、粘着剤層である場合には、その構成材料は、粘着剤層の含有成分の種類及び量を調節することで、適宜調節できる。そして、粘着剤層の含有成分の種類及び量は、上述の粘着剤組成物の含有成分の種類及び量により調節できる。
 一方、支持シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムを設ける層が、基材である場合には、保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の粘着力は、基材の構成材料以外に、基材の表面状態でも調節できる。そして、基材の表面状態は、例えば、基材の他の層との密着性を向上させるものとして先に挙げた表面処理、すなわち、サンドブラスト処理、溶剤処理等による凹凸化処理;コロナ放電処理、電子線照射処理、プラズマ処理、オゾン・紫外線照射処理、火炎処理、クロム酸処理、熱風処理等の酸化処理;プライマー処理等のいずれかを施すことで、調節できる。
In addition, for example, when the layer for providing the protective film-forming film in the support sheet is an adhesive layer, the constituent material can be adjusted as appropriate by adjusting the type and amount of components contained in the adhesive layer. . And the kind and quantity of the component of an adhesive layer can be adjusted with the kind and quantity of the component of an above-mentioned adhesive composition.
On the other hand, when the layer for providing the protective film-forming film in the support sheet is a base material, the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not limited to the constituent material of the base material. The surface condition of the substrate can also be adjusted. And the surface state of the base material is, for example, the surface treatment mentioned above as improving the adhesion with the other layers of the base material, that is, the concavo-convex treatment by sandblasting, solvent treatment, etc .; corona discharge treatment, It can be adjusted by performing any one of an electron beam irradiation treatment, a plasma treatment, an ozone / ultraviolet ray irradiation treatment, a flame treatment, a chromic acid treatment, a hot air treatment and the like; and a primer treatment.
 保護膜形成用フィルムは、熱硬化性であって、かつエネルギー線硬化性を有し、例えば、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)を含有するものであってもよい。
 エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)は、未硬化であることが好ましく、粘着性を有することが好ましく、未硬化でかつ粘着性を有することがより好ましい。
The protective film-forming film is thermosetting and has energy beam curable properties, and may contain, for example, an energy beam curable component (a).
The energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably tacky, and more preferably uncured and tacky.
 保護膜形成用フィルムは1層(単層)のみでもよいし、2層以上の複数層でもよい。保護膜形成用フィルムが、複数層である場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The protective film-forming film may be a single layer (single layer) or a plurality of layers of two or more layers. When the protective film-forming film has a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
 保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さは、1~100μmであることが好ましく、5~75μmであることがより好ましく、5~50μmであることが特に好ましい。保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記下限値以上であることで、保護能がより高い保護膜を形成できる。また、保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記上限値以下であることで、過剰な厚さとなることが抑制される。
 ここで、「保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さ」とは、保護膜形成用フィルム全体の厚さを意味する。例えば、複数層からなる保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さとは、保護膜形成用フィルムを構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
The thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 5 to 75 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. When the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or more than the lower limit value, a protective film having higher protective ability can be formed. Moreover, when the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit, an excessive thickness is suppressed.
Here, the “thickness of the protective film-forming film” means the thickness of the entire protective film-forming film. For example, the thickness of the protective film-forming film composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the protective film-forming film.
 保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜を形成するときの硬化条件は、保護膜が十分にその機能を発揮する程度の硬化度となる限り特に限定されず、保護膜形成用フィルムの種類に応じて、適宜選択すればよい。
 例えば、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化時の加熱温度は、100℃以上200℃以下であることが好ましく、110℃以上180℃以下であることがより好ましく、120℃以上170℃以下であることが特に好ましい。そして、前記硬化時の加熱時間は、0.5時間以上5時間以下であることが好ましく、0.5時間以上3時間以下であることがより好ましく、1時間以上2時間以下であることが特に好ましい。
The curing conditions for forming the protective film by curing the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited as long as the protective film has a degree of curing that sufficiently exhibits its function, and the type of the protective film-forming film is not limited. Accordingly, it may be appropriately selected.
For example, the heating temperature during curing of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is preferably 100 ° C. or higher and 200 ° C. or lower, more preferably 110 ° C. or higher and 180 ° C. or lower, and 120 ° C. or higher and 170 ° C. or lower. It is particularly preferred. The heating time during the curing is preferably 0.5 hours or more and 5 hours or less, more preferably 0.5 hours or more and 3 hours or less, and particularly preferably 1 hour or more and 2 hours or less. preferable.
<<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物>>
 熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは、その構成材料を含有する熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの形成対象面に熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを形成できる。熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。ここで、「常温」とは、先に説明したとおりである。
<< The composition for thermosetting protective film formation >>
The film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film containing the constituent materials. For example, the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film is applied to the surface to be formed of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, and dried as necessary to form a thermosetting protective film on the target site. A film can be formed. The ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the thermosetting protective film-forming composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the thermosetting protective film-forming film. Here, “normal temperature” is as described above.
 熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物の塗工は、例えば、上述の粘着剤組成物の塗工の場合と同じ方法で行うことができる。 Application of the thermosetting protective film-forming composition can be performed, for example, in the same manner as in the case of application of the above-described pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
 熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物の乾燥条件は、特に限定されないが、熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物は、後述する溶媒を含有している場合、加熱乾燥させることが好ましく、この場合、例えば、70~130℃で10秒間~5分間の条件で乾燥させることが好ましい。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film are not particularly limited, but when the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film contains a solvent to be described later, it is preferably dried by heating. For example, drying is preferably performed at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
<保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)>
 熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物としては、例えば、重合体成分(A)及び熱硬化性成分(B)を含有する熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)(本明細書においては、「保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)」と略記することがある)等が挙げられる。
<Composition for forming protective film (III-1)>
As the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film, for example, a composition (III-1) for forming a thermosetting protective film containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) (in this specification) May be abbreviated as “composition for forming protective film (III-1)”).
[重合体成分(A)]
 重合体成分(A)は、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムに造膜性や可撓性等を付与するための重合体化合物である。
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する重合体成分(A)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。重合体成分(A)が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Polymer component (A)]
The polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film-forming properties, flexibility and the like to the thermosetting protective film-forming film.
The polymer component (A) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more polymer components (A), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 重合体成分(A)としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂((メタ)アクリロイル基を有する樹脂)、ポリエステル、ウレタン系樹脂(ウレタン結合を有する樹脂)、アクリルウレタン樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂(シロキサン結合を有する樹脂)、ゴム系樹脂(ゴム構造を有する樹脂)、フェノキシ樹脂、熱硬化性ポリイミド等が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂が好ましい。 Examples of the polymer component (A) include an acrylic resin (a resin having a (meth) acryloyl group), a polyester, a urethane resin (a resin having a urethane bond), an acrylic urethane resin, and a silicone resin (having a siloxane bond). Resin), rubber resin (resin having a rubber structure), phenoxy resin, thermosetting polyimide and the like, and acrylic resin is preferable.
 重合体成分(A)における前記アクリル系樹脂としては、公知のアクリル重合体が挙げられる。
 アクリル系樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、10000~2000000であることが好ましく、100000~1500000であることがより好ましい。アクリル系樹脂の重量平均分子量が前記下限値以上であることで、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの形状安定性(保管時の経時安定性)が向上する。また、アクリル系樹脂の重量平均分子量が前記上限値以下であることで、被着体の凹凸面へ熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが追従し易くなり、被着体と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間でボイド等の発生がより抑制される。
 なお、本明細書において、「重量平均分子量」とは、特に断りのない限り、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により測定されるポリスチレン換算値を意味する。
As said acrylic resin in a polymer component (A), a well-known acrylic polymer is mentioned.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably 10,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 100,000 to 1500,000. When the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is equal to or more than the lower limit, the shape stability (time stability during storage) of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is improved. In addition, when the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is not more than the above upper limit value, the thermosetting protective film forming film easily follows the uneven surface of the adherend, and the adherend and the thermosetting protective film are formed. Occurrence of voids and the like with the film is further suppressed.
In the present specification, “weight average molecular weight” means a polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
 アクリル系樹脂のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、-60~70℃であることが好ましく、-30~50℃であることがより好ましい。アクリル系樹脂のTgが前記下限値以上であることで、保護膜と支持シートとの接着力が抑制されて、支持シートの剥離性が向上する。また、アクリル系樹脂のTgが前記上限値以下であることで、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜の被着体との接着力が向上する。
 本明細書において「ガラス転移温度(Tg)」とは、示差走査熱量計を用いて、試料のDSC曲線を測定し、得られたDSC曲線の変曲点の温度で表される。
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is preferably −60 to 70 ° C., more preferably −30 to 50 ° C. When the Tg of the acrylic resin is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peelability of the support sheet is improved. Moreover, the adhesive force with the to-be-adhered body of the thermosetting protective film formation film and a protective film improves because Tg of acrylic resin is below the said upper limit.
In the present specification, the “glass transition temperature (Tg)” is represented by the temperature of the inflection point of the DSC curve obtained by measuring the DSC curve of the sample using a differential scanning calorimeter.
 アクリル系樹脂としては、例えば、1種又は2種以上の(メタ)アクリル酸エステルの重合体;(メタ)アクリル酸、イタコン酸、酢酸ビニル、アクリロニトリル、スチレン及びN-メチロールアクリルアミド等から選択される2種以上のモノマーの共重合体等が挙げられる。 The acrylic resin is selected from, for example, a polymer of one or more (meth) acrylic acid esters; (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, N-methylolacrylamide, and the like. Examples include copolymers of two or more monomers.
 アクリル系樹脂を構成する前記(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリルともいう)等の、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基が、炭素数が1~18の鎖状構造である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンタニル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルキルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アラルキルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルオキシアルキルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸イミド;
 (メタ)アクリル酸グリシジル等のグリシジル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等の水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸N-メチルアミノエチル等の置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等が挙げられる。ここで、「置換アミノ基」とは、アミノ基の1個又は2個の水素原子が水素原子以外の基で置換されてなる基を意味する。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester constituting the acrylic resin include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) N-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Heptyl acid, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate , Undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate ((meth) acrylic acid (Also known as uril), tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (also known as palmityl (meth) acrylate) The alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester such as heptadecyl (meth) acrylate and octadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as stearyl (meth) acrylate) has a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. (Meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl, (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentanyl;
(Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid benzyl;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyloxyethyl ester;
(Meth) acrylic imide;
Glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate;
Hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, (meta ) Hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters such as 3-hydroxybutyl acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate;
Examples thereof include substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters such as N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate. Here, the “substituted amino group” means a group formed by replacing one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino group with a group other than a hydrogen atom.
 アクリル系樹脂は、例えば、前記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル以外に、(メタ)アクリル酸、イタコン酸、酢酸ビニル、アクリロニトリル、スチレン及びN-メチロールアクリルアミド等から選択される1種又は2種以上のモノマーが共重合してなるものでもよい。 The acrylic resin is, for example, one or more monomers selected from (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, N-methylolacrylamide and the like in addition to the (meth) acrylic ester. May be obtained by copolymerization.
 アクリル系樹脂を構成するモノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。アクリル系樹脂を構成するモノマーが、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The monomer constituting the acrylic resin may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more monomers constituting the acrylic resin, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 アクリル系樹脂は、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、アミノ基、水酸基、カルボキシ基、イソシアネート基等の他の化合物と結合可能な官能基を有していてもよい。アクリル系樹脂の前記官能基は、後述する架橋剤(F)を介して他の化合物と結合してもよいし、架橋剤(F)を介さずに他の化合物と直接結合していてもよい。アクリル系樹脂が前記官能基により他の化合物と結合することで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性が向上する傾向がある。 The acrylic resin may have a functional group that can be bonded to other compounds such as a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an isocyanate group. The functional group of the acrylic resin may be bonded to another compound via a cross-linking agent (F) described later, or may be directly bonded to another compound not via the cross-linking agent (F). . When the acrylic resin is bonded to another compound through the functional group, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film tends to be improved.
 本発明においては、重合体成分(A)として、アクリル系樹脂以外の熱可塑性樹脂(以下、単に「熱可塑性樹脂」と略記することがある)をアクリル系樹脂と併用してもよい。
 前記熱可塑性樹脂を用いることで、保護膜の支持シートからの剥離性が向上し、被着体の凹凸面へ熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが追従し易くなり、被着体と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間でボイド等の発生がより抑制されることがある。
In the present invention, as the polymer component (A), a thermoplastic resin other than the acrylic resin (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “thermoplastic resin”) may be used in combination with the acrylic resin.
By using the thermoplastic resin, the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet is improved, and the film for forming the thermosetting protective film can easily follow the uneven surface of the adherend. Generation of voids and the like may be further suppressed between the protective film-forming film.
 前記熱可塑性樹脂の重量平均分子量は1000~100000であることが好ましく、3000~80000であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the thermoplastic resin is preferably 1000 to 100,000, more preferably 3000 to 80,000.
 前記熱可塑性樹脂のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、-30~150℃であることが好ましく、-20~120℃であることがより好ましい。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the thermoplastic resin is preferably −30 to 150 ° C., and more preferably −20 to 120 ° C.
 前記熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、ポリエステル、ポリウレタン、フェノキシ樹脂、ポリブテン、ポリブタジエン、ポリスチレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyester, polyurethane, phenoxy resin, polybutene, polybutadiene, and polystyrene.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する前記熱可塑性樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。前記熱可塑性樹脂が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The thermoplastic resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When the said thermoplastic resin is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)の固形分の総質量ともいう)に対する重合体成分(A)の含有量の割合(すなわち、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの重合体成分(A)の含有量)は、重合体成分(A)の種類によらず、5~50質量%であることが好ましく、10~40質量%であることがより好ましく、15~35質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the protective film forming composition (III-1), the polymer component (A) with respect to the total content of all components other than the solvent (also referred to as the total mass of the solid content of the protective film forming composition (III-1)) ) Content ratio (that is, the content of the polymer component (A) of the thermosetting protective film-forming film) is 5 to 50% by mass regardless of the type of the polymer component (A). Is preferable, 10 to 40% by mass is more preferable, and 15 to 35% by mass is particularly preferable.
 重合体成分(A)は、熱硬化性成分(B)にも該当する場合がある。本発明においては、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)が、このような重合体成分(A)及び熱硬化性成分(B)の両方に該当する成分を含有する場合、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)は、重合体成分(A)及び熱硬化性成分(B)を含有するとみなす。 The polymer component (A) may also correspond to the thermosetting component (B). In the present invention, when the protective film-forming composition (III-1) contains components corresponding to both the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), the protective film-forming composition is used. The composition (III-1) is considered to contain a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B).
[熱硬化性成分(B)]
 熱硬化性成分(B)は、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて、硬質の保護膜を形成するための成分である。
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する熱硬化性成分(B)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。熱硬化性成分(B)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Thermosetting component (B)]
The thermosetting component (B) is a component for curing a thermosetting protective film-forming film to form a hard protective film.
The thermosetting component (B) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more thermosetting components (B), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 熱硬化性成分(B)としては、例えば、エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性ポリイミド、ポリウレタン、不飽和ポリエステル、シリコーン樹脂等が挙げられ、エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂が好ましい。 Examples of the thermosetting component (B) include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, and silicone resins, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferable.
(エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂)
 エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂(B1)及び熱硬化剤(B2)からなる。
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するエポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
(Epoxy thermosetting resin)
The epoxy thermosetting resin includes an epoxy resin (B1) and a thermosetting agent (B2).
The epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more epoxy thermosetting resins, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
・エポキシ樹脂(B1)
 エポキシ樹脂(B1)としては、公知のものが挙げられ、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル化合物、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル及びその水添物、オルソクレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェニレン骨格型エポキシ樹脂等、2官能以上のエポキシ化合物が挙げられる。
・ Epoxy resin (B1)
Examples of the epoxy resin (B1) include known ones such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, orthocresol novolac epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, Biphenyl type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins, and the like, and bifunctional or higher functional epoxy compounds are listed.
 エポキシ樹脂(B1)としては、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂を用いてもよい。不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂は、不飽和炭化水素基を有しないエポキシ樹脂よりもアクリル系樹脂との相溶性が高い。そのため、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂を用いることで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性が向上する。 As the epoxy resin (B1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used. An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is more compatible with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
 不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ基の一部が不飽和炭化水素基を有する基に変換されてなる化合物が挙げられる。このような化合物は、例えば、エポキシ基へ(メタ)アクリル酸又はその誘導体を付加反応させることにより得られる。
 また、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂を構成する芳香環等に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合した化合物等が挙げられる。
 不飽和炭化水素基は、重合性を有する不飽和基であり、その具体的な例としては、エテニル基(ビニル基ともいう)、2-プロペニル基(アリル基ともいう)、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基等が挙げられ、アクリロイル基が好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において「誘導体」とは、元の化合物の1個以上の水素原子が水素原子以外の基(置換基)で置換されてなるものを意味する。
Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group.
Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple | bonded with the aromatic ring etc. which comprise an epoxy resin are mentioned, for example.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include an ethenyl group (also referred to as a vinyl group), a 2-propenyl group (also referred to as an allyl group), and a (meth) acryloyl group. , (Meth) acrylamide groups and the like, and an acryloyl group is preferred.
In the present specification, the “derivative” means one obtained by substituting one or more hydrogen atoms of the original compound with a group (substituent) other than a hydrogen atom.
 エポキシ樹脂(B1)の数平均分子量は、特に限定されないが、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化性、並びに硬化後の保護膜の強度及び耐熱性の点から、300~30000であることが好ましく、300~10000であることがより好ましく、300~3000であることが特に好ましい。
 本明細書において、「数平均分子量」は、特に断らない限り、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によって測定される標準ポリスチレン換算の値で表される数平均分子量を意味する。
 エポキシ樹脂(B1)のエポキシ当量は、100~1100g/eqであることが好ましく、150~1000g/eqであることがより好ましい。
 本明細書において、「エポキシ当量」とは、1グラム当量のエポキシ基を含むエポキシ化合物のグラム数(g/eq)を意味し、JIS K 7236:2001の方法に従って測定することができる。
The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, but is 300 to 30000 from the viewpoint of the curability of the thermosetting protective film-forming film and the strength and heat resistance of the cured protective film. Preferably, it is 300 to 10,000, more preferably 300 to 3000.
In the present specification, the “number average molecular weight” means a number average molecular weight represented by a standard polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably 100 to 1100 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 1000 g / eq.
In the present specification, the “epoxy equivalent” means the number of grams (g / eq) of an epoxy compound containing 1 gram equivalent of an epoxy group, and can be measured according to the method of JIS K 7236: 2001.
 エポキシ樹脂(B1)は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。エポキシ樹脂(B1)を2種以上併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types of epoxy resins (B1) together, those combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
・熱硬化剤(B2)
 熱硬化剤(B2)は、エポキシ樹脂(B1)に対する硬化剤として機能する。
 熱硬化剤(B2)としては、例えば、1分子中にエポキシ基と反応し得る官能基を2個以上有する化合物が挙げられる。前記官能基としては、例えば、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、酸基が無水物化された基等が挙げられ、フェノール性水酸基、アミノ基、又は酸基が無水物化された基であることが好ましく、フェノール性水酸基又はアミノ基であることがより好ましい。
・ Thermosetting agent (B2)
The thermosetting agent (B2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (B1).
As a thermosetting agent (B2), the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. Examples of the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, a group in which an acid group has been anhydrideized, and the like, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group, or an acid group has been anhydrideized. It is preferably a group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
 熱硬化剤(B2)のうち、フェノール性水酸基を有するフェノール系硬化剤としては、例えば、多官能フェノール樹脂、ビフェノール、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系フェノール樹脂、アラルキルフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。
 熱硬化剤(B2)のうち、アミノ基を有するアミン系硬化剤としては、例えば、ジシアンジアミド(以下、「DICY」と略記することがある)等が挙げられる。
Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of the phenolic curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenols, novolac-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resins, and aralkylphenolic resins.
Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “DICY”).
 熱硬化剤(B2)は、不飽和炭化水素基を有するものでもよい。
 不飽和炭化水素基を有する熱硬化剤(B2)としては、例えば、フェノール樹脂の水酸基の一部が、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基で置換されてなる化合物、フェノール樹脂の芳香環に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合してなる化合物等が挙げられる。
 熱硬化剤(B2)における前記不飽和炭化水素基は、上述の不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂における不飽和炭化水素基と同様のものである。
The thermosetting agent (B2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
Examples of the thermosetting agent (B2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and the aromatic ring of the phenol resin. Examples thereof include compounds in which a group having a saturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (B2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the epoxy resin having the unsaturated hydrocarbon group described above.
 熱硬化剤(B2)としてフェノール系硬化剤を用いる場合には、保護膜の支持シートからの剥離性が向上する点から、熱硬化剤(B2)は軟化点又はガラス転移温度が高いものが好ましい。 When using a phenolic curing agent as the thermosetting agent (B2), it is preferable that the thermosetting agent (B2) has a high softening point or glass transition temperature in terms of improving the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet. .
 熱硬化剤(B2)は、常温では固形で、かつエポキシ樹脂(B1)に対して硬化活性を示さず、一方で、加熱によって溶解し、かつエポキシ樹脂(B1)に対して硬化活性を示す熱硬化剤(以下、「熱活性潜在性エポキシ樹脂硬化剤」と略記することがある)であることが好ましい。
 前記熱活性潜在性エポキシ樹脂硬化剤は、常温では熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、エポキシ樹脂(B1)中に安定して分散しているが、加熱によってエポキシ樹脂(B1)と相溶し、エポキシ樹脂(B1)と反応する。前記熱活性潜在性エポキシ樹脂硬化剤を用いることで、保護膜形成用複合シートの保存安定性が顕著に向上する。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムから隣接する支持シートへのこの硬化剤の移動が抑制され、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの熱硬化性の低下が効果的に抑制される。そして、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの加熱による熱硬化性がより高くなるため、後述する保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ性がより向上する。
The thermosetting agent (B2) is a solid that is solid at normal temperature and does not exhibit curing activity with respect to the epoxy resin (B1), while it is dissolved by heating and exhibits curing activity with respect to the epoxy resin (B1). It is preferably a curing agent (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent”).
The thermoactive latent epoxy resin curing agent is stably dispersed in the epoxy resin (B1) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film at room temperature, but is compatible with the epoxy resin (B1) by heating. Reacts with the epoxy resin (B1). By using the thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent, the storage stability of the protective film-forming composite sheet is significantly improved. For example, the movement of the curing agent from the protective film-forming film to the adjacent support sheet is suppressed, and the thermosetting deterioration of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is effectively suppressed. And since the thermosetting property by heating of the film for thermosetting protective film formation becomes higher, the pick-up property of the semiconductor chip with a protective film mentioned later improves more.
 前記熱活性潜在性エポキシ樹脂硬化剤としては、例えば、オニウム塩、二塩基酸ヒドラジド、ジシアンジアミド、硬化剤のアミン付加物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent include onium salts, dibasic acid hydrazides, dicyandiamide, and amine adducts of curing agents.
 熱硬化剤(B2)のうち、例えば、多官能フェノール樹脂、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系フェノール樹脂、アラルキルフェノール樹脂等の樹脂成分の数平均分子量は、300~30000であることが好ましく、400~10000であることがより好ましく、500~3000であることが特に好ましい。
 熱硬化剤(B2)のうち、例えば、ビフェノール、ジシアンジアミド等の非樹脂成分の分子量は、特に限定されないが、例えば、60~500であることが好ましい。
Among the thermosetting agents (B2), for example, the number average molecular weight of resin components such as polyfunctional phenolic resin, novolac-type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resin, aralkylphenolic resin, etc. is preferably 300 to 30000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3000.
Among the thermosetting agents (B2), for example, the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
 熱硬化剤(B2)は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。熱硬化剤(B2)を2種以上併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 A thermosetting agent (B2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types of thermosetting agents (B2) together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、熱硬化剤(B2)の含有量は、エポキシ樹脂(B1)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.1~500質量部であることが好ましく、1~200質量部であることがより好ましい。熱硬化剤(B2)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化がより進行し易くなる。また、熱硬化剤(B2)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの吸湿率が低減されて、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性がより向上する。 In the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film, the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is 0. 0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the epoxy resin (B1). The amount is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 200 parts by mass. When the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, the curing of the thermosetting protective film forming film more easily proceeds. Moreover, the moisture absorption rate of the film for thermosetting protective film formation was reduced because the said content of the thermosetting agent (B2) was below the said upper limit, and it was obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation Improved package reliability.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、熱硬化性成分(B)の含有量(例えば、エポキシ樹脂(B1)及び熱硬化剤(B2)の総含有量)は、重合体成分(A)の含有量100質量部に対して、1~100質量部であることが好ましく、1.5~85質量部であることがより好ましく、2~70質量部であることが特に好ましい。熱硬化性成分(B)の前記含有量がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜と支持シートとの接着力が抑制されて、支持シートの剥離性が向上する。 In the protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film, the content of the thermosetting component (B) (for example, the total content of the epoxy resin (B1) and the thermosetting agent (B2)) The amount is preferably 1 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 1.5 to 85 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer component (A). It is particularly preferred that When the content of the thermosetting component (B) is in such a range, the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peelability of the support sheet is improved.
[硬化促進剤(C)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは、硬化促進剤(C)を含有していてもよい。硬化促進剤(C)は、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)の硬化速度を調整するための成分である。
 好ましい硬化促進剤(C)としては、例えば、トリエチレンジアミン、ベンジルジメチルアミン、トリエタノールアミン、ジメチルアミノエタノール、トリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール等の第3級アミン;2-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチル-5-ヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール等のイミダゾール類(1個以上の水素原子が水素原子以外の基で置換されたイミダゾールともいう);トリブチルホスフィン、ジフェニルホスフィン、トリフェニルホスフィン等の有機ホスフィン類(1個以上の水素原子が有機基で置換されたホスフィンともいう);テトラフェニルホスホニウムテトラフェニルボレート、トリフェニルホスフィンテトラフェニルボレート等のテトラフェニルボロン塩等が挙げられる。
[Curing accelerator (C)]
The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a curing accelerator (C). The curing accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the curing rate of the protective film-forming composition (III-1).
Preferred curing accelerators (C) include, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole Imidazoles such as 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole (one or more hydrogen atoms are other than hydrogen atoms) Organic phosphines such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, triphenylphosphine (also referred to as phosphine in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with organic groups); tetraphenylphosphonium tetra Eniruboreto, tetraphenyl boron salts such as triphenyl phosphine tetraphenyl borate and the like.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する硬化促進剤(C)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。硬化促進剤(C)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The curing accelerator (C) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more curing accelerators (C), the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 硬化促進剤(C)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、硬化促進剤(C)の含有量は、熱硬化性成分(B)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~10質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~5質量部であることがより好ましい。硬化促進剤(C)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、硬化促進剤(C)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、硬化促進剤(C)の含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、例えば、高極性の硬化促進剤(C)が、高温・高湿度条件下で熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム中において被着体との接着界面側に移動して偏析することを抑制する効果が高くなり、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性がより向上する。 When the curing accelerator (C) is used, the content of the curing accelerator (C) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film is such that the thermosetting component (B) The content is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass. The effect by using a hardening accelerator (C) is acquired more notably because the said content of a hardening accelerator (C) is more than the said lower limit. Moreover, since content of a hardening accelerator (C) is below the said upper limit, for example, a highly polar hardening accelerator (C) is in a film for thermosetting protective film formation under high temperature and high humidity conditions. In this case, the effect of suppressing the segregation by moving toward the adhesion interface with the adherend is increased, and the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved.
[充填材(D)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは、充填材(D)を含有していてもよい。熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(D)を含有することにより、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、熱膨張係数の調整が容易となり、この熱膨張係数を保護膜の形成対象物に対して最適化することで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性がより向上する。また、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(D)を含有することにより、保護膜の吸湿率を低減したり、放熱性を向上させたりすることもできる。
[Filler (D)]
The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a filler (D). When the thermosetting protective film-forming film contains the filler (D), the protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient. By optimizing the expansion coefficient with respect to the object for forming the protective film, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming the protective film is further improved. Moreover, the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced or heat dissipation can be improved because the film for thermosetting protective film formation contains a filler (D).
 充填材(D)は、有機充填材及び無機充填材のいずれでもよいが、無機充填材であることが好ましい。
 好ましい無機充填材としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、タルク、炭酸カルシウム、チタンホワイト、ベンガラ、炭化ケイ素、窒化ホウ素等の粉末;これら無機充填材を球形化したビーズ;これら無機充填材の表面改質品;これら無機充填材の単結晶繊維;ガラス繊維等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、無機充填材は、シリカ又はアルミナであることが好ましい。
The filler (D) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, bengara, silicon carbide, boron nitride, and the like; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface modification of these inorganic fillers Products; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers and the like.
Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する充填材(D)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。充填材(D)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The filler (D) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more fillers (D), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 充填材(D)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)の固形分の総質量ともいう)に対する充填材(D)の含有量の割合(すなわち、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの充填材(D)の含有量)は、5~80質量%であることが好ましく、7~60質量%であることがより好ましい。充填材(D)の含有量がこのような範囲であることで、上記の熱膨張係数の調整がより容易となる。 When the filler (D) is used, the total content of all components other than the solvent in the protective film forming composition (III-1) (the total mass of the solid content of the protective film forming composition (III-1)) The ratio of the content of the filler (D) to the content of the filler (D) (that is, the content of the filler (D) of the thermosetting protective film-forming film) is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, More preferably, it is 60 mass%. Adjustment of said thermal expansion coefficient becomes easier because content of a filler (D) is such a range.
[カップリング剤(E)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは、カップリング剤(E)を含有していてもよい。カップリング剤(E)として、無機化合物又は有機化合物と反応可能な官能基を有するものを用いることにより、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体に対する接着性及び密着性を向上させることができる。また、カップリング剤(E)を用いることで、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、耐熱性を損なうことなく、耐水性が向上する。
[Coupling agent (E)]
The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a coupling agent (E). By using a coupling agent (E) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the thermosetting protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. it can. Moreover, by using the coupling agent (E), the protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film has improved water resistance without impairing heat resistance.
 カップリング剤(E)は、重合体成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)等が有する官能基と反応可能な官能基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、シランカップリング剤であることがより好ましい。
 好ましい前記シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシメチルジエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-(フェニルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アニリノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、ビス(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)テトラスルファン、メチルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリアセトキシシラン、イミダゾールシラン等が挙げられる。
The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the polymer component (A), the thermosetting component (B), etc., and is preferably a silane coupling agent. More preferred.
Preferred examples of the silane coupling agent include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropi Examples include trimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfane, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetoxysilane, and imidazolesilane. It is done.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するカップリング剤(E)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。カップリング剤(E)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The coupling agent (E) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more coupling agents (E), the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 カップリング剤(E)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、カップリング剤(E)の含有量は、重合体成分(A)及び熱硬化性成分(B)の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.03~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.05~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.1~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。カップリング剤(E)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、充填材(D)の樹脂への分散性の向上や、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体との接着性の向上など、カップリング剤(E)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、カップリング剤(E)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、アウトガスの発生がより抑制される。 When the coupling agent (E) is used, the content of the coupling agent (E) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film is such that the polymer component (A) and The amount is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by weight, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight as the total content of the thermosetting component (B). The part by mass is particularly preferred. When the content of the coupling agent (E) is equal to or more than the lower limit, the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the resin is improved, and the thermosetting protective film-forming film is adhered to the adherend. The effect by using a coupling agent (E), such as a property improvement, is acquired more notably. Moreover, generation | occurrence | production of an outgas is suppressed more because the said content of a coupling agent (E) is below the said upper limit.
[架橋剤(F)]
 重合体成分(A)として、上述のアクリル系樹脂等の、他の化合物と結合可能なビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、アミノ基、水酸基、カルボキシ基、イソシアネート基等の官能基を有するものを用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは、前記官能基を他の化合物と結合させて架橋するための架橋剤(F)を含有していてもよい。架橋剤(F)を用いて架橋することにより、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの初期接着力及び凝集力を調節できる。
[Crosslinking agent (F)]
As the polymer component (A), those having functional groups such as vinyl group, (meth) acryloyl group, amino group, hydroxyl group, carboxy group, isocyanate group and the like that can be bonded to other compounds such as the above-mentioned acrylic resin. When used, the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film contain a crosslinking agent (F) for bonding the functional group with another compound to crosslink. Also good. By crosslinking using the crosslinking agent (F), the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the thermosetting protective film-forming film can be adjusted.
 架橋剤(F)としては、例えば、有機多価イソシアネート化合物、有機多価イミン化合物、金属キレート系架橋剤(金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤ともいう)、アジリジン系架橋剤(アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤ともいう)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (F) include an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an organic polyvalent imine compound, a metal chelate crosslinking agent (also referred to as a crosslinking agent having a metal chelate structure), and an aziridine crosslinking agent (a crosslinking agent having an aziridinyl group). Also).
 前記有機多価イソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物、脂肪族多価イソシアネート化合物及び脂環族多価イソシアネート化合物(以下、これら化合物をまとめて「芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等」と略記することがある);前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等の三量体、イソシアヌレート体及びアダクト体;前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等とポリオール化合物とを反応させて得られる末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー等が挙げられる。前記「アダクト体」は、前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物、脂肪族多価イソシアネート化合物又は脂環族多価イソシアネート化合物と、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、トリメチロールプロパン又はヒマシ油等の低分子活性水素含有化合物との反応物を意味し、その例としては、後述するようなトリメチロールプロパンのキシリレンジイソシアネート付加物等が挙げられる。また、「末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー」とは、先に説明したとおりである。 Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include an aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as “aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the like”). A trimer such as the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, isocyanurate and adduct; a terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the polyol compound. Etc. The “adduct body” includes the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or the alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and a low amount such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil. It means a reaction product with a molecularly active hydrogen-containing compound, and examples thereof include an xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later. The “terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer” is as described above.
 前記有機多価イソシアネート化合物として、より具体的には、例えば、2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート;2,6-トリレンジイソシアネート;1,3-キシリレンジイソシアネート;1,4-キシレンジイソシアネート;ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート;ジフェニルメタン-2,4’-ジイソシアネート;3-メチルジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート;ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート;イソホロンジイソシアネート;ジシクロヘキシルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート;ジシクロヘキシルメタン-2,4’-ジイソシアネート;トリメチロールプロパン等のポリオールのすべて又は一部の水酸基に、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート及びキシリレンジイソシアネートのいずれか1種又は2種以上が付加した化合物;リジンジイソシアネート等が挙げられる。 More specifically, as the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Dimethylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate is added to all or some hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as propane. Or two or more compounds are added; lysine diisocyanate.
 前記有機多価イミン化合物としては、例えば、N,N’-ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ビス(1-アジリジンカルボキシアミド)、トリメチロールプロパン-トリ-β-アジリジニルプロピオネート、テトラメチロールメタン-トリ-β-アジリジニルプロピオネート、N,N’-トルエン-2,4-ビス(1-アジリジンカルボキシアミド)トリエチレンメラミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic polyvalent imine compound include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri-β-aziridinylpropionate, and tetramethylolmethane. -Tri-β-aziridinylpropionate, N, N′-toluene-2,4-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylenemelamine and the like.
 架橋剤(F)として有機多価イソシアネート化合物を用いる場合、重合体成分(A)としては、水酸基含有重合体を用いることが好ましい。架橋剤(F)がイソシアネート基を有し、重合体成分(A)が水酸基を有する場合、架橋剤(F)と重合体成分(A)との反応によって、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムに架橋構造を簡便に導入できる。 When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (F), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the polymer component (A). When the crosslinking agent (F) has an isocyanate group and the polymer component (A) has a hydroxyl group, a reaction between the crosslinking agent (F) and the polymer component (A) results in a thermosetting protective film forming film. A crosslinked structure can be easily introduced.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する架橋剤(F)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。架橋剤(F)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The crosslinking agent (F) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more crosslinking agents (F), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 架橋剤(F)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)において、架橋剤(F)の含有量は、重合体成分(A)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.5~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。架橋剤(F)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、架橋剤(F)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、架橋剤(F)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの支持シートとの接着力や、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップとの接着力が、過度に低下することが抑制される。
 本発明においては、架橋剤(F)を用いなくても、本発明の効果が十分に得られる。
When the crosslinking agent (F) is used, the content of the crosslinking agent (F) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is 0. 0 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component (A). The amount is preferably 01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass. The effect by using a crosslinking agent (F) is acquired more notably because the said content of a crosslinking agent (F) is more than the said lower limit. Moreover, because the content of the crosslinking agent (F) is not more than the upper limit value, the adhesive force with the support sheet of the thermosetting protective film forming film, the semiconductor wafer of the thermosetting protective film forming film, or It is suppressed that the adhesive force with a semiconductor chip falls too much.
In the present invention, the effects of the present invention can be sufficiently obtained without using the crosslinking agent (F).
[エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)は、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)を含有していてもよい。熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)を含有していることにより、エネルギー線の照射によって特性を変化させることができる。
[Energy ray curable resin (G)]
The protective film-forming composition (III-1) may contain an energy ray curable resin (G). Since the thermosetting protective film-forming film contains the energy ray-curable resin (G), the characteristics can be changed by irradiation with energy rays.
 エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)は、エネルギー線硬化性化合物を重合(硬化)して得られたものである。
 前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、例えば、分子内に少なくとも1個の重合性二重結合を有する化合物が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するアクリレート系化合物が好ましい。
The energy beam curable resin (G) is obtained by polymerizing (curing) an energy beam curable compound.
Examples of the energy ray curable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, and acrylate compounds having a (meth) acryloyl group are preferable.
 前記アクリレート系化合物としては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールモノヒドロキシペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート等の鎖状脂肪族骨格含有(メタ)アクリレート;ジシクロペンタニルジ(メタ)アクリレート等の環状脂肪族骨格含有(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート等のポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート;オリゴエステル(メタ)アクリレート;ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー;エポキシ変性(メタ)アクリレート;前記ポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート以外のポリエーテル(メタ)アクリレート;イタコン酸オリゴマー等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylate compound include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypenta ( Chain aliphatic skeleton-containing (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,4-butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate; Cyclic aliphatic skeleton-containing (meth) acrylates such as cyclopentanyl di (meth) acrylate; polyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylates such as polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate Oligoester (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer, epoxy-modified (meth) acrylate; the polyalkylene glycol (meth) Polyether (meth) acrylates other than the acrylates; itaconic acid oligomer, and the like.
 前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の重量平均分子量は、100~30000であることが好ましく、300~10000であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the energy ray curable compound is preferably 100 to 30000, and more preferably 300 to 10000.
 重合に用いる前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The energy ray curable compound used for polymerization may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When the energy ray curable compounds are two or more, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)が含有するエネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The energy ray-curable resin (G) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be only one type or two or more types. When energy beam curable resin (G) is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)において、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)の含有量は、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)の総質量に対して、1~95質量%であることが好ましく、2~90質量%であることがより好ましく、3~85質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the protective film-forming composition (III-1), the content of the energy ray-curable resin (G) is 1 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the protective film-forming composition (III-1). It is preferably 2 to 90% by mass, more preferably 3 to 85% by mass.
[光重合開始剤(H)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)は、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)を含有する場合、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)の重合反応を効率よく進めるために、光重合開始剤(H)を含有していてもよい。
[Photopolymerization initiator (H)]
When the protective film-forming composition (III-1) contains the energy beam curable resin (G), the photopolymerization initiator (H) is used to efficiently advance the polymerization reaction of the energy beam curable resin (G). ) May be contained.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)における光重合開始剤(H)としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)が含有する光重合開始剤(H)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。光重合開始剤(H)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more photopolymerization initiators (H), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)において、光重合開始剤(H)の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.1~20質量部であることが好ましく、1~10質量部であることがより好ましく、2~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the protective film-forming composition (III-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) is 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy beam curable resin (G). It is preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass.
[着色剤(I)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは、着色剤(I)を含有していてもよい。
 着色剤(I)としては、例えば、無機系顔料、有機系顔料、有機系染料等、公知のものが挙げられる。
[Colorant (I)]
The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a colorant (I).
Examples of the colorant (I) include known pigments such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.
 前記有機系顔料及び有機系染料としては、例えば、アミニウム系色素、シアニン系色素、メロシアニン系色素、クロコニウム系色素、スクアリウム系色素、アズレニウム系色素、ポリメチン系色素、ナフトキノン系色素、ピリリウム系色素、フタロシアニン系色素、ナフタロシアニン系色素、ナフトラクタム系色素、アゾ系色素、縮合アゾ系色素、インジゴ系色素、ペリノン系色素、ペリレン系色素、ジオキサジン系色素、キナクリドン系色素、イソインドリノン系色素、キノフタロン系色素、ピロール系色素、チオインジゴ系色素、金属錯体系色素(金属錯塩染料)、ジチオール金属錯体系色素、インドールフェノール系色素、トリアリルメタン系色素、アントラキノン系色素、ナフトール系色素、アゾメチン系色素、ベンズイミダゾロン系色素、ピランスロン系色素及びスレン系色等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic pigments and organic dyes include aminium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, azurenium dyes, polymethine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, pyrylium dyes, and phthalocyanines. Dyes, naphthalocyanine dyes, naphtholactam dyes, azo dyes, condensed azo dyes, indigo dyes, perinone dyes, perylene dyes, dioxazine dyes, quinacridone dyes, isoindolinone dyes, quinophthalone dyes , Pyrrole dyes, thioindigo dyes, metal complex dyes (metal complex dyes), dithiol metal complex dyes, indolephenol dyes, triallylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, naphthol dyes, azomethine dyes, benzimidazo B Systems dyes, pyranthrone pigments and threne color like.
 前記無機系顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラック、コバルト系色素、鉄系色素、クロム系色素、チタン系色素、バナジウム系色素、ジルコニウム系色素、モリブデン系色素、ルテニウム系色素、白金系色素、ITO(インジウムスズオキサイド)系色素、ATO(アンチモンスズオキサイド)系色素等が挙げられる。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, cobalt dye, iron dye, chromium dye, titanium dye, vanadium dye, zirconium dye, molybdenum dye, ruthenium dye, platinum dye, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) dyes, ATO (antimony tin oxide) dyes, and the like.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する着色剤(I)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。着色剤(I)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The colorant (I) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more colorants (I), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 着色剤(I)を用いる場合、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(I)の含有量は、目的に応じて適宜調節すればよい。例えば、保護膜はレーザー照射により印字が施される場合があり、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(I)の含有量を調節し、保護膜の光透過性を調節することにより、印字視認性を調節できる。また、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(I)の含有量を調節することで、保護膜の意匠性を向上させ、半導体ウエハの裏面の研削痕を見えにくくすることもできる。これらの点を考慮すると、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)の固形分の総質量ともいう)に対する着色剤(I)の含有量の割合(すなわち、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(I)の含有量)は、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~7.5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1~5質量%であることが特に好ましい。着色剤(I)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、着色剤(I)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、着色剤(I)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの光透過性の過度な低下が抑制される。 When using the colorant (I), the content of the colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. For example, the protective film may be printed by laser irradiation, adjusting the content of the colorant (I) of the thermosetting protective film-forming film, and adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film, Print visibility can be adjusted. In addition, by adjusting the content of the colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film, it is possible to improve the design of the protective film and make it difficult to see the grinding marks on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. Considering these points, the total content of all components other than the solvent in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) (also referred to as the total solid content of the protective film-forming composition (III-1)) The ratio of the content of the colorant (I) relative to the colorant (i.e., the content of the colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass. The content is more preferably 1 to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass. When the content of the colorant (I) is equal to or more than the lower limit value, the effect of using the colorant (I) is more remarkably obtained. Moreover, the excessive fall of the light transmittance of the film for thermosetting protective film formation is suppressed because the said content of a coloring agent (I) is below the said upper limit.
[汎用添加剤(J)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムは、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、汎用添加剤(J)を含有していてもよい。
 汎用添加剤(J)は、公知のものでよく、目的に応じて任意に選択でき、特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、可塑剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、ゲッタリング剤等が挙げられる。
[General-purpose additive (J)]
The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a general-purpose additive (J) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
The general-purpose additive (J) may be a known one and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred examples include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, a gettering agent, and the like. Is mentioned.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する汎用添加剤(J)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。汎用添加剤(J)が、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの汎用添加剤(J)の含有量は、特に限定されず、目的に応じて適宜選択すればよい。
The general-purpose additive (J) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more general-purpose additives (J), their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
The content of the general-purpose additive (J) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
[溶媒]
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)は、さらに溶媒を含有することが好ましい。溶媒を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)は、取り扱い性が良好となる。
 前記溶媒は特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の炭化水素;メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、イソブチルアルコール(2-メチルプロパン-1-オールともいう)、1-ブタノール等のアルコール;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル等のエステル;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン;テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル;ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチルピロリドン等のアミド(アミド結合を有する化合物ともいう)等が挙げられる。
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。溶媒が2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[solvent]
The composition for forming a protective film (III-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The protective film-forming composition (III-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
The solvent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (also referred to as 2-methylpropan-1-ol), 1-butanol and the like. Alcohols; esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone (also referred to as compounds having an amide bond).
The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be only one type or two or more types. When two or more solvents are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)が含有する溶媒は、保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中の含有成分をより均一に混合できる点から、メチルエチルケトン等であることが好ましい。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is preferably methyl ethyl ketone or the like from the viewpoint that the components in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) can be more uniformly mixed.
<<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物の製造方法>>
 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)等の熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物は、これを構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
 各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
 溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
 配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
 各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。
<< Method for Producing Thermosetting Protective Film Forming Composition >>
A thermosetting protective film-forming composition such as the protective film-forming composition (III-1) can be obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートと同様に、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの回路面とは反対側の裏面に貼付されるもので、支持シート上に、接着性を示す層を備えた複合シートとしては、ダイシングダイボンディングシートがある。
 しかし、ダイシングダイボンディングシートが備える接着剤層は、半導体チップとともに支持シートからピックアップされた後、この半導体チップを基板、リードフレーム、又は他の半導体チップ等に取り付ける際の接着剤として機能する。一方、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムは、半導体チップとともに支持シートからピックアップされる点では前記接着剤層と同じであるが、最終的には硬化によって保護膜となり、貼付されている半導体チップの裏面を保護するという機能を有する。このように、本発明における保護膜形成用フィルムは、ダイシングダイボンディングシートにおける接着剤層とは、用途が異なり、求められる性能も当然に異なる。そして、この用途の違いを反映して、保護膜形成用フィルムは、通常、ダイシングダイボンディングシートにおける接着剤層と比較すると、硬めで、ピックアップが難しい傾向にある。したがって、ダイシングダイボンディングシートにおける接着剤層を、そのまま保護膜形成用複合シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムとして転用することは、通常、困難である。本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを備えたものとしては、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ適性に関して、優れたものが要求される。
Similar to the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention, it is affixed to the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, and as a composite sheet provided with a layer showing adhesion on the support sheet. There is a dicing die bonding sheet.
However, the adhesive layer provided in the dicing die bonding sheet functions as an adhesive when the semiconductor chip is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip and then attached to the substrate, the lead frame, or another semiconductor chip. On the other hand, the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention is the same as the adhesive layer in that it is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip, but eventually becomes a protective film by curing, It has a function of protecting the back surface of the semiconductor chip that is affixed. Thus, the protective film-forming film in the present invention has a different use from the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet, and naturally the required performance is also different. Reflecting this difference in use, the protective film-forming film is usually harder and more difficult to pick up than the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet. Therefore, it is usually difficult to divert the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet as it is as the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet. The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is required to have an excellent pickability of a semiconductor chip with a protective film as a film provided with a thermosetting protective film-forming film.
◇保護膜形成用複合シートの製造方法
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、上述の各層を対応する位置関係となるように順次積層することで製造できる。各層の形成方法は、先に説明したとおりである。
 例えば、支持シートを製造するときに、基材上に粘着剤層を積層する場合には、基材上に上述の粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させればよい。
◇ Method for Producing Protective Film-Forming Composite Sheet The protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention can be produced by sequentially laminating the above-mentioned layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship. The method for forming each layer is as described above.
For example, when a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a substrate when producing a support sheet, the above-described pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied on the substrate and dried as necessary.
 一方、例えば、基材上に積層済みの粘着剤層の上に、さらに保護膜形成用フィルムを積層する場合には、粘着剤層上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工して、保護膜形成用フィルムを直接形成することが可能である。保護膜形成用フィルム以外の層も、この層を形成するための組成物を用いて、同様の方法で、粘着剤層の上にこの層を積層できる。このように、いずれかの組成物を用いて、連続する2層の積層構造を形成する場合には、前記組成物から形成された層の上に、さらに組成物を塗工して新たに層を形成することが可能である。
ただし、これら2層のうちの後から積層する層は、別の剥離フィルム上に前記組成物を用いてあらかじめ形成しておき、この形成済みの層の前記剥離フィルムと接触している側とは反対側の露出面を、既に形成済みの残りの層の露出面と貼り合わせることで、連続する2層の積層構造を形成することが好ましい。このとき、前記組成物は、剥離フィルムの剥離処理面に塗工することが好ましい。剥離フィルムは、積層構造の形成後、必要に応じて取り除けばよい。
On the other hand, for example, when a protective film-forming film is further laminated on the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, the protective film-forming composition is applied on the adhesive layer, It is possible to form the forming film directly. Layers other than the protective film-forming film can also be laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the same manner using the composition for forming this layer. As described above, when a continuous two-layer laminated structure is formed using any of the compositions, the composition is further applied onto the layer formed from the composition to newly form a layer. Can be formed.
However, the layer laminated after these two layers is formed in advance using the composition on another release film, and the side of the formed layer that is in contact with the release film is It is preferable to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by bonding the opposite exposed surface to the exposed surfaces of the remaining layers already formed. At this time, the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. The release film may be removed as necessary after forming the laminated structure.
 例えば、基材上に粘着剤層が積層され、前記粘着剤層上に保護膜形成用フィルムが積層されてなる保護膜形成用複合シート(支持シートが基材及び粘着剤層の積層物である保護膜形成用複合シート)を製造する場合には、基材上に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、基材上に粘着剤層を積層しておき、別途、剥離フィルム上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に保護膜形成用フィルムを形成しておく。そして、この保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面を、基材上に積層済みの粘着剤層の露出面と貼り合わせて、保護膜形成用フィルムを粘着剤層上に積層することで、保護膜形成用複合シートが得られる。 For example, a protective film-forming composite sheet in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a base material and a protective film-forming film is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the support sheet is a laminate of the base material and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) In the case of producing a protective sheet-forming composite sheet), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is coated on a base material and dried as necessary, whereby a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the base material, The protective film-forming composition is coated on the release film, and dried as necessary to form the protective film-forming film on the release film. Then, the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film is bonded to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, and the protective film-forming film is laminated on the adhesive layer, thereby forming a protective film. A composite sheet is obtained.
 なお、基材上に粘着剤層を積層する場合には、上述の様に、基材上に粘着剤組成物を塗工する方法に代えて、剥離フィルム上に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に粘着剤層を形成しておき、この層の露出面を、基材の一方の表面と貼り合わせることで、粘着剤層を基材上に積層してもよい。
 いずれの方法においても、剥離フィルムは目的とする積層構造を形成後の任意のタイミングで取り除けばよい。
In addition, when laminating the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the substrate, as described above, instead of the method of coating the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition on the substrate, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is applied on the release film. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed on the release film by drying as necessary, and the exposed surface of this layer is bonded to one surface of the base material so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is placed on the base material. You may laminate.
In any method, the release film may be removed at an arbitrary timing after the target laminated structure is formed.
 このように、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成する基材以外の層はいずれも、剥離フィルム上にあらかじめ形成しておき、目的とする層の表面に貼り合わせる方法で積層できるため、必要に応じてこのような工程を採用する層を適宜選択して、保護膜形成用複合シートを製造すればよい。 In this way, all layers other than the base material constituting the protective film-forming composite sheet can be formed in advance on the release film and laminated on the surface of the target layer. A layer that employs such a process may be appropriately selected to produce a protective sheet-forming composite sheet.
 なお、保護膜形成用複合シートは、通常、その支持シートとは反対側の最表層(例えば、保護膜形成用フィルム)の表面に剥離フィルムが貼り合わされた状態で保管される。したがって、この剥離フィルム(好ましくはその剥離処理面)上に、保護膜形成用組成物等の、最表層を構成する層を形成するための組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に最表層を構成する層を形成しておき、この層の剥離フィルムと接触している側とは反対側の露出面上に残りの各層を上述のいずれかの方法で積層し、剥離フィルムを取り除かずに貼り合わせた状態のままとすることでも、保護膜形成用複合シートが得られる。 In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is usually stored in a state in which a release film is bonded to the surface of the outermost layer (for example, a film for forming a protective film) opposite to the support sheet. Therefore, a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a protective film-forming composition, is applied on this release film (preferably its release-treated surface) and dried as necessary. Then, a layer constituting the outermost layer is formed on the release film, and the remaining layers are laminated on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film by any of the methods described above. And the composite sheet for protective film formation is obtained also by leaving it in the state bonded together, without removing a peeling film.
◎保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法
 本発明に係る保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法は、前記保護膜形成用複合シートの前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの側に半導体ウエハを積層して積層体とする工程と、
 半導体ウエハの内部にレーザー光を照射して、半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成する工程と、
 前記積層体を常温よりも低い温度でクールエキスパンドして、前記半導体ウエハ及び前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを分割する工程と、
 前記積層体の前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを加熱硬化して保護膜とする工程と、を備える。
Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film The manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip with protective film according to the present invention is a method of laminating a semiconductor wafer on the thermosetting protective film forming film side of the protective film forming composite sheet. A process of making a body,
Irradiating a semiconductor wafer with laser light to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer; and
Cool expanding the laminate at a temperature lower than room temperature, and dividing the semiconductor wafer and the thermosetting protective film forming film,
And heat curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film of the laminate to form a protective film.
 本発明に係る保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法は、保護膜形成用複合シートの前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの側に半導体ウエハを積層して積層体とする工程の後、前記半導体ウエハの内部にレーザー光を照射して、半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成する工程と、前記積層体を常温よりも低い温度でクールエキスパンドして、前記半導体ウエハ及び前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを分割する工程と、前記積層体の前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを加熱硬化して保護膜とする工程と、をこの順で備えてもよい。この保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法の例を、図3を用いて説明する。 In the method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film according to the present invention, after the step of laminating a semiconductor wafer on the thermosetting protective film forming film side of the protective film forming composite sheet to form a laminate, the semiconductor wafer Forming a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer by irradiating the inside of the semiconductor wafer, and forming the semiconductor wafer and the thermosetting protective film by cool expanding the laminate at a temperature lower than room temperature You may provide in this order the process of dividing | segmenting the film for heat | fever, and the process of heat-curing the said film for thermosetting protective film formation of the said laminated body to make a protective film. An example of the manufacturing method of this semiconductor chip with a protective film will be described with reference to FIG.
 図3は、保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法の一例を模式的に示す断面図である。
 まず、半導体ウエハ18の裏面を所望の厚さに研削してから、保護膜形成用複合シート2の熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23に裏面研削後の半導体ウエハ18の裏面を貼付するとともに、保護膜形成用複合シート2をリングフレーム17に固定する(図3(a))。半導体ウエハ18の表面(電極形成面)にバックグラインドテープ20が貼付されている場合には、このバックグラインドテープ20を半導体ウエハ18から取り除く。
FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
First, after grinding the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 18 to a desired thickness, affixing the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 18 after back grinding to the thermosetting protective film forming film 23 of the protective film forming composite sheet 2, The composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film is fixed to the ring frame 17 (FIG. 3A). When the back grind tape 20 is stuck on the surface (electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer 18, the back grind tape 20 is removed from the semiconductor wafer 18.
 次いで、保護膜形成用複合シート2の側から半導体ウエハ18の内部に設定された焦点に集束するようにレーザー光を照射して(SD)、半導体ウエハ18の内部に改質層18cを形成する(図3(b))。また、必要に応じて支持シート10の側からレーザー光を照射して、レーザー印字を行う。 Next, the modified layer 18 c is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 18 by irradiating the laser beam from the side of the protective film forming composite sheet 2 so as to be focused on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 18 (SD). (FIG. 3B). Further, laser printing is performed by irradiating laser light from the support sheet 10 side as necessary.
 次いで、半導体ウエハ18を、裏面に貼付した保護膜形成用複合シート2とともに、低温環境下に移し、保護膜形成用複合シート2の平面方向にクールエキスパンド(CE)して、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを割断するとともに、改質層18cの部位において半導体ウエハ18を分割し、個片化する(図3(c))。クールエキスパンド(CE)の温度条件は、常温よりも低い温度であればよいが、-20~10℃が好ましく、-15~5℃がより好ましい。必要に応じて支持シート10の側から赤外線レーザー光を照射して、赤外線検査を行う。 Next, the semiconductor wafer 18 is moved to a low-temperature environment together with the protective film-forming composite sheet 2 attached to the back surface, and is subjected to cool expansion (CE) in the plane direction of the protective film-forming composite sheet 2 to form a thermosetting protective film. While cleaving the forming film, the semiconductor wafer 18 is divided at the portion of the modified layer 18c and separated into individual pieces (FIG. 3C). The temperature condition of the cool expand (CE) may be any temperature lower than room temperature, but is preferably −20 to 10 ° C., more preferably −15 to 5 ° C. Infrared inspection is performed by irradiating infrared laser light from the support sheet 10 side as necessary.
 また、必要に応じて、拡張された支持シート10(すなわち、基材11及び粘着剤層12)にサブリングを装着して、支持シート10を拡張されたままで固定してもよい。或いは、基材11に熱収縮性(ヒートシュリンク性)を付与して使用することで、支持シート10をクールエキスパンドした後、基材11の熱収縮性(ヒートシュリンク性)を利用して、支持シート10のたるみを除き、サブリングを装着することなく、支持シート10を拡張されたままで固定することもできる。粘着剤層12がエネルギー線硬化性のものである場合には、サブリングを装着するなどして、拡張された支持シート10を固定してからエネルギー線の照射によって粘着剤層12を硬化させ、この粘着剤層12を硬化させた後に、次の、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23を硬化させる工程に移すことが好ましい。 Further, if necessary, a sub ring may be attached to the expanded support sheet 10 (that is, the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12), and the support sheet 10 may be fixed while being expanded. Alternatively, the base sheet 11 is used by imparting heat shrinkability (heat shrinkability) to the support sheet 10 and then using the heat shrinkability (heat shrinkability) of the base material 11 to cool the support sheet 10. The support sheet 10 can be fixed in an expanded state without attaching a sub-ring except for the slack of the sheet 10. When the adhesive layer 12 is energy ray curable, the adhesive layer 12 is cured by irradiation of energy rays after fixing the expanded support sheet 10 by attaching a sub ring or the like, After the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is cured, it is preferable to move to the next step of curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film 23.
 更に、支持シート10、個片化された熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23、及び、個片化された半導体チップ19の積層体を加熱して、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23を硬化させて保護膜23’とする(図3(d))。 Furthermore, the laminated body of the support sheet 10, the separated thermosetting protective film forming film 23, and the separated semiconductor chip 19 is heated to cure the thermosetting protective film forming film 23. Thus, the protective film 23 ′ is obtained (FIG. 3D).
 後述のピックアップ適性が好適に調整された保護膜形成用複合シート2は、通常、常温よりも低い温度でのクールエキスパンド(CE)によって、粘着剤層12と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23との間の浮きが、生じてしまう。しかし、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シート2は、粘着剤層12の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.16MPa以下であり、好ましくは0.15MPa以下であり、より好ましくは0.10MPa以下であり、特に好ましくは0.06MPa以下であることにより、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23の熱硬化の条件でこの浮きが消失し易く、浮き痕を残らなくすることができる。 The composite film 2 for forming a protective film whose pickup suitability described later is suitably adjusted is usually obtained by a cool expand (CE) at a temperature lower than room temperature, and the adhesive layer 12 and the thermosetting protective film-forming film 23. The float between will occur. However, the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 2 of the present invention has a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 of 0.16 MPa or less, preferably 0.15 MPa or less, More preferably, it is 0.10 MPa or less, and particularly preferably 0.06 MPa or less, so that the float tends to disappear under the conditions of thermosetting of the thermosetting protective film-forming film 23, so that no float marks remain. be able to.
 また、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が好ましくは0.01MPa以上であり、特に好ましくは0.02MPa以上であることにより、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム23の熱硬化時に、粘着剤層12が柔らかすぎて端部からはみ出ることがない。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 0.01 MPa or more, particularly preferably 0.02 MPa or more. Thereby, at the time of thermosetting the thermosetting protective film forming film 23, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is too soft and does not protrude from the end.
 最後に、支持シート10から、半導体チップ19をその裏面に貼付されている保護膜23’とともに剥離させてピックアップすることにより、保護膜23’付き半導体チップ19を得る(図3(e))。粘着剤層12がエネルギー線硬化性のものである場合には、必要により、エネルギー線の照射によって粘着剤層12を硬化させ、この硬化後の粘着剤層12から、半導体チップ19をその裏面に貼付されている保護膜23’とともにピックアップすることにより、より容易に保護膜23’付き半導体チップ19が得られる。 Finally, the semiconductor chip 19 with the protective film 23 ′ is obtained by peeling the semiconductor chip 19 from the support sheet 10 together with the protective film 23 ′ pasted on the back surface thereof to pick up the semiconductor chip 19 (FIG. 3E). When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is energy-ray curable, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is cured by irradiation with energy rays as necessary, and the semiconductor chip 19 is placed on the back surface of the cured pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. By picking up with the attached protective film 23 ', the semiconductor chip 19 with the protective film 23' can be obtained more easily.
 図3では、治具用接着剤層16を有する保護膜形成用複合シート2を用いた保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法の例を説明しているが、治具用接着剤層16を有さない保護膜形成用複合シート1を用いた保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法の例も同様である。 FIG. 3 illustrates an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film using the protective film-forming composite sheet 2 having the jig adhesive layer 16, but the jig adhesive layer 16 is provided. The example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip with a protective film using the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation which is not present is also the same.
 また、図3では、保護膜形成用複合シート2の側から半導体ウエハ18の内部に設定された焦点に集束するようにレーザー光を照射して(SD)、半導体ウエハ18の内部に改質層を形成しているが、これに限らず、前記改質層を形成する工程と、前記積層体とする工程と、前記分割する工程と、前記保護膜とする工程と、をこの順で備えてもよく、具体的には、例えば、バックグラインドテープ20が貼付されている半導体ウエハ18の内部に改質層を形成し、改質層が形成された半導体ウエハ18に保護膜形成用複合シート2を貼付してもよい。その後、支持シート10の側からレーザー光を照射して、レーザー印字を行い、クールエキスパンド(CE)、熱硬化、赤外線検査、ピックアップすることにより、保護膜23’付き半導体チップ19が得られる。 In FIG. 3, a laser beam is irradiated from the side of the protective film forming composite sheet 2 so as to be focused on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 18 (SD), and the modified layer is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 18. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and includes the step of forming the modified layer, the step of forming the laminate, the step of dividing, and the step of forming the protective film in this order. Specifically, for example, a modified layer is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 18 to which the back grind tape 20 is stuck, and the protective film-forming composite sheet 2 is formed on the semiconductor wafer 18 on which the modified layer is formed. May be affixed. Thereafter, the semiconductor sheet 19 with the protective film 23 ′ is obtained by irradiating laser light from the side of the support sheet 10, performing laser printing, and performing cool expansion (CE), thermosetting, infrared inspection, and picking up.
◎半導体装置の製造方法
 以降は、従来法と同様の方法で、得られた保護膜付き半導体チップを、この保護膜が貼付された状態のまま、基板の回路面にフリップチップ接続した後、半導体パッケージとする。そして、この半導体パッケージを用いて、目的とする半導体装置を作製すればよい。
◎ Manufacturing method of semiconductor device Thereafter, the semiconductor chip with the protective film obtained by the same method as the conventional method is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate with the protective film attached, and then the semiconductor A package. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package.
 本発明の一つの側面は、保護膜形成用複合シートが、基材として、ポリプロピレン(PP)とオレフィン系熱可塑性エラストマー(TPO)の混合樹脂からなる3層の透明フィルム(厚さ:60~150μm、23℃のヤング率1~100MPa、マット面/ツヤ面基材)を;粘着剤層(厚さ:3~20μm、70℃における貯蔵弾性率が0.01~0.06MPaであり、かつ、23℃における貯蔵弾性率が0.20~0.4MPa)として粘着剤組成物(重合体成分:(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体(2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(2EHA)70~80質量部、2-ヒドロキシルエチルアクリレート(HEA)20~30質量部を共重合して得た共重合体。重量平均分子量:70~90万)100質量部と、架橋剤成分:3官能キシレンジイソシアネート系架橋剤20質量部とを含有する非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物)を;熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム(厚さ:5~50μm)として、保護膜形成用組成物(重合体成分:メチルアクリレート80~90質量部、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート10~20質量部を共重合してなるアクリル系重合体(重量平均分子量:30~45万。Tg:1~10℃)150質量部と、エポキシ樹脂(ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂(エポキシ当量184~194g/eq)60質量部、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂(エポキシ当量800~900g/eq)10質量部、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂(エポキシ当量255~260g/eq)30質量部)と、硬化剤(ジシアンジアミド(活性水素量21g/eq))2質量部と、硬化促進剤(2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール)2質量部と、充填材(シリカフィラー(平均粒子径0.5μm))320質量部と、カップリング剤(シランカップリング剤)2質量部と、着色剤(黒色顔料)18質量部とを含有する保護膜形成用組成物)を含む。 One aspect of the present invention is that the composite sheet for forming a protective film has a three-layer transparent film (thickness: 60 to 150 μm) made of a mixed resin of polypropylene (PP) and olefinic thermoplastic elastomer (TPO) as a base material. An adhesive layer (thickness: 3 to 20 μm, storage elastic modulus at 70 ° C. of 0.01 to 0.06 MPa, and a Young's modulus of 1 to 100 MPa at 23 ° C., and The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (polymer component: (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer (2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) 70-80 parts by mass), A copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 20 to 30 parts by mass of hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA. Weight average molecular weight: 70 to 900,000) 100 parts by mass and a crosslinking agent component: 3 A non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing 20 parts by mass of a functional xylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent); a thermosetting protective film-forming film (thickness: 5 to 50 μm); (Polymer component: acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerizing 80 to 90 parts by mass of methyl acrylate and 10 to 20 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (weight average molecular weight: 30 to 450,000, Tg: 1 to 10 ° C.) 150 parts by mass, epoxy resin (bisphenol A type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent 184 to 194 g / eq) 60 parts by mass, bisphenol A type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent 800 to 900 g / eq) 10 parts by mass, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin (Epoxy equivalent 255-260 g / eq) 30 parts by mass) and a curing agent (dicyandiamide (active hydrogen) 21 g / eq)) 2 parts by mass, 2 parts by mass of a curing accelerator (2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole), 320 parts by mass of a filler (silica filler (average particle size 0.5 μm)), A protective film-forming composition containing 2 parts by mass of a coupling agent (silane coupling agent) and 18 parts by mass of a colorant (black pigment).
 本発明の他の側面は、保護膜形成用複合シートが、基材として、ポリプロピレン(PP)とオレフィン系熱可塑性エラストマー(TPO)の混合樹脂からなる3層の透明フィルム(厚さ:80μm、23℃のヤング率50MPa、マット面/ツヤ面基材)を;粘着剤層(厚さ:5μm、70℃における貯蔵弾性率が0.03MPaであり、かつ、23℃における貯蔵弾性率が0.31MPa)として粘着剤組成物(重合体成分:(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体(2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(2EHA)80質量部、2-ヒドロキシルエチルアクリレート(HEA)20質量部を共重合して得た共重合体。重量平均分子量:80万)100質量部と、架橋剤成分:3官能キシレンジイソシアネート系架橋剤20質量部とを含有する非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物)を;熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム(厚さ:25μm)として、保護膜形成用組成物(重合体成分:メチルアクリレート85質量部、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート15質量部を共重合してなるアクリル系重合体(重量平均分子量:37万。Tg:6℃)150質量部と、エポキシ樹脂(ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂(エポキシ当量184~194g/eq)60質量部、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂(エポキシ当量800~900g/eq)10質量部、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂(エポキシ当量255~260g/eq)30質量部)と、硬化剤(ジシアンジアミド(活性水素量21g/eq))2質量部と、硬化促進剤(2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール)2質量部と、充填材(シリカフィラー(平均粒子径0.5μm))320質量部と、カップリング剤(シランカップリング剤)2質量部と、着色剤(黒色顔料)18質量部とを含有する保護膜形成用組成物)を含む。 In another aspect of the present invention, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has a three-layer transparent film (thickness: 80 μm, 23) made of a mixed resin of polypropylene (PP) and olefinic thermoplastic elastomer (TPO) as a base material. Young's modulus at 50 ° C., matte surface / gloss surface substrate); pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness: 5 μm, storage elastic modulus at 70 ° C. is 0.03 MPa, and storage elastic modulus at 23 ° C. is 0.31 MPa ) And a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (polymer component: (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer (2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) 80 parts by mass, 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA) 20 parts by mass) Copolymer, containing 100 parts by mass of weight average molecular weight: 800,000) and 20 parts by mass of a crosslinking agent component: trifunctional xylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent Non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition); a thermosetting protective film-forming film (thickness: 25 μm), and a protective film-forming composition (polymer component: 85 parts by mass of methyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl 150 parts by mass of an acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerizing 15 parts by mass of acrylate (weight average molecular weight: 370,000, Tg: 6 ° C.), and epoxy resin (bisphenol A type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent 184 to 194 g / eq) 60) Parts by weight, bisphenol A type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent 800-900 g / eq) 10 parts by mass, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent 255-260 g / eq) 30 parts by mass) and curing agent (dicyandiamide (active hydrogen content) 21 g / eq)) 2 parts by weight and a curing accelerator (2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimi Sol) 2 parts by mass, filler (silica filler (average particle size 0.5 μm)) 320 parts by mass, coupling agent (silane coupling agent) 2 parts by mass, colorant (black pigment) 18 parts by mass, A composition for forming a protective film).
 以下、具体的実施例により、本発明についてより詳細に説明する。ただし、本発明は、以下に示す実施例に、何ら限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)の製造)
 保護膜形成用組成物の製造に用いた成分を以下に示す。
・重合体成分
 (a):メチルアクリレート85質量部、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート15質量部を共重合してなるアクリル系重合体(重量平均分子量:37万。Tg:6℃)
・エポキシ樹脂
 (b1)-1:ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂(三菱化学社製jER828、エポキシ当量184~194g/eq)
 (b1)-2:ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂(三菱化学社製jER1055、エポキシ当量800~900g/eq)
 (b1)-3:ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂(DIC社製エピクロンHP-7200HH、エポキシ当量255~260g/eq)
・硬化剤 
 (b2):ジシアンジアミド(ADEKA製、アデカハードナーEH-3636AS、活性水素量21g/eq))
・硬化促進剤 
 (c):2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール(四国化成工業社製キュアゾール2PHZ)
・充填剤
 (d)シリカフィラー(アドマテックス社製SC2050MA 平均粒子径0.5μm)
・カップリング剤
 (e):シランカップリング剤(日本ユニカー製、A-1110)
・着色剤
 (i):黒色顔料(大日精化工業製)
(Production of protective film-forming composition (III-1))
The components used for the production of the protective film-forming composition are shown below.
Polymer component (a): acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerization of 85 parts by mass of methyl acrylate and 15 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (weight average molecular weight: 370,000, Tg: 6 ° C.)
Epoxy resin (b1) -1: Bisphenol A type epoxy resin (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation jER828, epoxy equivalent 184 to 194 g / eq)
(B1) -2: Bisphenol A type epoxy resin (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation jER1055, epoxy equivalent 800-900 g / eq)
(B1) -3: a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin (Epiclon HP-7200HH, manufactured by DIC, epoxy equivalent of 255 to 260 g / eq)
・ Curing agent
(B2): Dicyandiamide (manufactured by ADEKA, Adeka Hardener EH-3636AS, active hydrogen amount 21 g / eq))
・ Curing accelerator
(C): 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole (Curesol 2PHZ manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.)
Filler (d) Silica filler (SC2050MA average particle size 0.5 μm manufactured by Admatechs)
Coupling agent (e): Silane coupling agent (Nihon Unicar A-1110)
-Colorant (i): Black pigment (manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo)
 重合体成分(a)、エポキシ樹脂(b1)-1、エポキシ樹脂(b1)-2、エポキシ樹脂(b1)-3、硬化剤(b2)、硬化促進剤(c)、充填材(d)、カップリング剤(e)及び着色剤(i)を、これらの含有量(固形分量、質量部)が150/60/10/30/2/2/320/2/18(固形重量比)となるようにメチルエチルケトンに溶解又は分散させて、23℃で撹拌することで、固形分濃度が52質量%である保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)を調製した。 Polymer component (a), epoxy resin (b1) -1, epoxy resin (b1) -2, epoxy resin (b1) -3, curing agent (b2), curing accelerator (c), filler (d), The coupling agent (e) and the colorant (i) have a content (solid content, part by mass) of 150/60/10/30/2/2/320/2/18 (solid weight ratio). Thus, the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film having a solid content concentration of 52% by mass was prepared by dissolving or dispersing in methyl ethyl ketone and stirring at 23 ° C.
(粘着剤組成物(I-4-1)の製造)
・重合体成分
 (A1):(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体(2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(2EHA)80質量部、2-ヒドロキシルエチルアクリレート(HEA)20質量部を共重合して得た共重合体。重量平均分子量:80万)
・架橋剤成分
 (C):3官能キシレンジイソシアネート系架橋剤(三井武田ケミカル社製、商品名「タケネート(登録商標)D-110N」)
(Production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1))
-Polymer component (A1): (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer (copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 80 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) and 20 parts by mass of 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA) (Weight average molecular weight: 800,000)
Crosslinking agent component (C): Trifunctional xylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent (trade name “Takenate (registered trademark) D-110N” manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.)
 重合体成分(A1)(100質量部、固形分)、及び架橋剤成分(C)(20質量部、固形分)を含有し、さらに溶媒としてメチルエチルケトンを含有する、固形分濃度が30質量%の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物(I-4-1)を調製した。 It contains a polymer component (A1) (100 parts by mass, solid content) and a crosslinking agent component (C) (20 parts by mass, solid content), and further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. A non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1) was prepared.
(粘着剤組成物(I-4-2)の製造)
・重合体成分
 (A1):(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体(2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(2EHA)80質量部、2-ヒドロキシルエチルアクリレート(HEA)20質量部を共重合して得た共重合体。重量平均分子量:80万)
・架橋剤成分
 (C):3官能キシレンジイソシアネート系架橋剤(三井武田ケミカル社製、商品名「タケネート(登録商標)D-110N」)
(Production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-2))
-Polymer component (A1): (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer (copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 80 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) and 20 parts by mass of 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA) (Weight average molecular weight: 800,000)
Crosslinking agent component (C): Trifunctional xylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent (trade name “Takenate (registered trademark) D-110N” manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.)
 重合体成分(A1)(100質量部、固形分)、及び架橋剤成分(C)(1質量部、固形分)を含有し、さらに溶媒としてメチルエチルケトンを含有する、固形分濃度が30質量%の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物(I-4-2)を調製した。 It contains a polymer component (A1) (100 parts by mass, solid content) and a crosslinking agent component (C) (1 part by mass, solid content), and further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. A non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-2) was prepared.
(粘着剤組成物(I-4-3)の製造)
・重合体成分
 (A1):(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体(2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(2EHA)60質量部、メタクリル酸メチル(MMA)30質量部、2-ヒドロキシルエチルアクリレート(HEA)10質量部を共重合して得た共重合体。重量平均分子量:80万)
・架橋剤成分
 (C):3官能キシレンジイソシアネート系架橋剤(三井武田ケミカル社製、商品名「タケネート(登録商標)D-110N」)
(Production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-3))
Polymer component (A1): (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer (2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) 60 parts by mass, methyl methacrylate (MMA) 30 parts by mass, 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA) 10 parts by mass Copolymer obtained by copolymerization of (weight average molecular weight: 800,000)
Crosslinking agent component (C): Trifunctional xylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent (trade name “Takenate (registered trademark) D-110N” manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.)
 重合体成分(A1)(100質量部、固形分)、及び架橋剤成分(C)(20質量部、固形分)を含有し、さらに溶媒としてメチルエチルケトンを含有する、固形分濃度が30質量%の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物(I-4-3)を調製した。 It contains a polymer component (A1) (100 parts by mass, solid content) and a crosslinking agent component (C) (20 parts by mass, solid content), and further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. A non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-3) was prepared.
[実施例1]
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造>
[Example 1]
<Manufacture of composite sheet for forming protective film>
(支持シートの製造)
 基材として、ポリプロピレン(PP)とオレフィン系熱可塑性エラストマー(TPO)の混合樹脂からなる3層の透明フィルム(厚さ:80μm、23℃のヤング率50MPa、マット面/ツヤ面基材)のマット面に、上記で得られた粘着剤組成物(I-4-1)を塗工し、100℃で2分加熱乾燥させることにより、基材の一方の表面上に、厚さ5μmの非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤層を備えた透明な支持シート(10)-1を得た。マット面に粘着剤組成物を塗工したことにより、マット面が埋め込まれ光散乱が減り、透明性が向上した。
(Manufacture of support sheet)
As a base material, a three-layer transparent film (thickness: 80 μm, Young's modulus 50 MPa at 23 ° C., matte surface / gloss surface base material) made of a mixed resin of polypropylene (PP) and an olefinic thermoplastic elastomer (TPO) On the surface, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1) obtained above was applied and dried by heating at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, so that a non-energy having a thickness of 5 μm was formed on one surface of the substrate. A transparent support sheet (10) -1 having a linear curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was obtained. By applying the adhesive composition to the mat surface, the mat surface was embedded, light scattering was reduced, and transparency was improved.
(保護膜形成用複合シートの製造)
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)をダイコーターにより塗工し、100℃で2分乾燥させることにより、厚さ25μmの熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1を作製した。
(Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation)
A protective film-forming composition (III) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. -1) was coated with a die coater and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to prepare a thermosetting protective film-forming film (13) -1 having a thickness of 25 μm.
 次いで、上記で得られた支持シート(10)-1の粘着剤層から剥離フィルムを取り除き、この粘着剤層の露出面に、上記で得られた熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1の露出面を貼り合わせて、基材、粘着剤層、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1及び剥離フィルムが、これらの厚さ方向においてこの順に積層されてなる実施例1の保護膜形成用複合シートを作製した。 Next, the release film is removed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the support sheet (10) -1 obtained above, and the thermosetting protective film-forming film (13) obtained above is formed on the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Example 1 in which the exposed surface of 1 was laminated, and the base material, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the thermosetting protective film-forming film (13) -1 and the release film were laminated in this order in the thickness direction. A composite sheet for forming a protective film was produced.
(厚さの測定)
 定圧厚さ測定器(テクロック社製、製品名「PG-02」)を用いて測定した。
(Measurement of thickness)
The measurement was performed using a constant pressure thickness measuring device (product name “PG-02” manufactured by Teclock Co., Ltd.).
<粘着剤層の弾性率測定試験>
 粘着剤組成物(I-4-1)を、剥離シートの剥離面に塗布して粘着剤層を形成し、別途用意した剥離シートの剥離面を露出している粘着剤層に圧着し、剥離シート/粘着剤層/剥離シートからなる粘着シートを作製した。その粘着シートから剥離シートを剥がし、粘着剤層を厚さ200μmになるように複数層積層した。得られた粘着剤層の積層体から、30mm×4mmの矩形(厚さ:200μm)を打ち抜き、これを測定用試料とした。
<Elastic modulus measurement test of adhesive layer>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1) is applied to the release surface of the release sheet to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and then pressure-bonded to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that exposes the release surface of the separately prepared release sheet. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a sheet / pressure-sensitive adhesive layer / release sheet was prepared. The release sheet was peeled off from the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, and a plurality of pressure-sensitive adhesive layers were laminated to a thickness of 200 μm. A 30 mm × 4 mm rectangle (thickness: 200 μm) was punched out from the resulting laminate of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and this was used as a measurement sample.
 動的粘弾性測定装置(オリエンテック社製、商品名「Rheovibron DDV-II-EP1」)により、測定モード:引張モード、周波数:11Hzで、測定温度範囲:-20~150℃、昇温速度:3℃/minの条件で貯蔵弾性率を測定し、23℃と70℃の値を読み取った。 By using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring apparatus (trade name “Rheobibron DDV-II-EP1” manufactured by Orientec Co., Ltd.), measurement mode: tensile mode, frequency: 11 Hz, measurement temperature range: −20 to 150 ° C., heating rate: The storage elastic modulus was measured under the condition of 3 ° C./min, and the values at 23 ° C. and 70 ° C. were read.
<保護膜形成用フィルムと粘着剤層との間の粘着力(硬化前)の測定試験>
 保護膜形成用複合シートを作製してから23℃の条件下で1週間の養生後、この試験片について、保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シート(粘着剤層)との間の粘着力を、以下の方法で測定した。
 幅25mm、長さ250mmに裁断した保護膜形成用複合シートの剥離フィルムを除去し、露出面をミラーウエハに、保護膜形成層がミラーウエハ表面に接するように2kgローラーで一往復させ、貼付した。23℃、50%RH環境下で20分静置した後、保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートの粘着剤層との間で、その角度が180°となるように、剥離速度300mm/minで剥離した。この剥離力(mN/25mm)を保護膜形成用フィルムと粘着剤層との間の粘着力(硬化前)とした。
<Measurement test of adhesive force (before curing) between protective film-forming film and adhesive layer>
After preparing the protective film-forming composite sheet and curing at 23 ° C. for 1 week, the adhesive strength between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet (adhesive layer) of this test piece is as follows. It measured by the method of.
The release film of the protective film-forming composite sheet cut to a width of 25 mm and a length of 250 mm was removed, and the exposed surface was attached to the mirror wafer by reciprocating once with a 2 kg roller so that the protective film-forming layer was in contact with the mirror wafer surface. . After standing at 23 ° C. and 50% RH for 20 minutes, peeling is performed at a peeling speed of 300 mm / min so that the angle is 180 ° between the protective film-forming film and the adhesive layer of the support sheet. did. This peeling force (mN / 25 mm) was defined as the adhesive force (before curing) between the protective film-forming film and the adhesive layer.
<クールエキスパンド試験及び、浮き痕発生の試験>
 裏面研削済のバックグラインドテープ付きのシリコンウエハ(直径:8インチ、厚さ:150μm、研削面:♯2000)の研削面に、保護膜形成用複合シートの保護膜形成層面を、テープマウンター(リンテック社製ADWILL RAD-2700)を用いて70℃に加熱しながら貼付した。バックグラインドテープを剥離した後、シリコンウエハに対して、レーザーソー(ディスコ社製,DFF7361)を用いて、波長1342nmのレーザー光を研削面側から照射して、シリコンウエハ内部にチップサイズが7mm×7mmとなるように改質層を形成した。次に、エキスパンダー(ディスコ社製、DDS2300)を用いて、突き上げ高さ:20mm、突き上げ速度:20mm/s、温度:-15℃にてクールエキスパンドして、シリコンウエハを7mm×7mmのチップに個片化するとともに、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを割断した。そして、治具(サブリング)を支持シートに装着してエキスパンドした状態を保持し、支持シートと反対側(すなわち、チップ側)に粘着シートを貼付した。
<Cool expand test and test of occurrence of floating marks>
The protective film forming layer surface of the composite sheet for protective film formation is attached to the ground surface of a silicon wafer (diameter: 8 inches, thickness: 150 μm, ground surface: # 2000) with a back-ground tape that has been ground on the back. Attached while heating to 70 ° C. using ADWILL RAD-2700). After the back grind tape is peeled off, the silicon wafer is irradiated with a laser beam having a wavelength of 1342 nm from the ground surface side using a laser saw (DFF 7361, manufactured by DISCO Corporation), and the chip size is 7 mm × inside the silicon wafer. The modified layer was formed to be 7 mm. Next, using an expander (DDS2300, manufactured by DISCO Corporation), the silicon wafer is individually expanded into 7 mm × 7 mm chips by performing cool expansion at a pushing height: 20 mm, a pushing speed: 20 mm / s, and a temperature: −15 ° C. While being cut into pieces, the thermosetting protective film-forming film was cleaved. The jig (sub ring) was attached to the support sheet to maintain the expanded state, and an adhesive sheet was attached to the side opposite to the support sheet (that is, the chip side).
 その後、支持シートからチップを剥離して浮き痕の観察を行った。当該粘着シート貼付作業により、支持シートを剥離しても個片化されたチップがバラバラになることなく観察することができる。シリコンチップの研削面の側からデジタル顕微鏡で観察することで、粘着剤層と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間に浮き(剥がれ)のあったものはシリコンチップの外周部の色が変わっており、これにより、硬化前の浮き痕の有無を評価した。 Thereafter, the chip was peeled off from the support sheet, and the floating marks were observed. By the adhesive sheet sticking operation, even if the support sheet is peeled off, the separated chips can be observed without being separated. By observing with the digital microscope from the grinding surface side of the silicon chip, the color of the outer peripheral part of the silicon chip changes if there is any floating (peeling) between the adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film forming film. Thus, the presence or absence of a floating mark before curing was evaluated.
浮き無し・・・粘着剤層と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間の浮き(剥がれ)が見られない。
浮き有り・・・粘着剤層と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間の浮き(剥がれ)が見られた。
No lifting: No lifting (peeling) between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film is observed.
There was lifting: lifting (peeling) was observed between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film.
<クールエキスパンド試験及び、浮き痕消失の試験>
 同様に、裏面研削済のバックグラインドテープ付きの、裏面研削済みシリコンウエハの内部にチップサイズが7mm×7mmとなるようにレーザーで改質層を形成し、シリコンウエハの研削面に、保護膜形成用複合シートの保護膜形成層面を70℃に加熱しながら貼付した。エキスパンダー(ディスコ社製、DDS2300)により、突き上げ高さ:20mm、突き上げ速度:20mm/s、温度:-15℃にてクールエキスパンドし、7mm×7mmのチップに個片化するとともに、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを割断した。そして、治具(サブリング)を支持シートに装着してエキスパンドした状態を保持し、支持シートと反対側(すなわち、チップ側)に粘着シートを貼付した。その後、130℃,2時間の条件で加熱硬化を行い、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを保護膜にした。
<Cool expanding test and test for disappearance of floating marks>
Similarly, a modified layer is formed with a laser so that the chip size is 7 mm × 7 mm inside a back-ground ground silicon wafer with a back-ground tape that has been ground back, and a protective film is formed on the ground surface of the silicon wafer. The protective film-forming layer surface of the composite sheet was attached while heating to 70 ° C. By using an expander (Disco 2300, manufactured by Disco Corporation), the height is 20 mm, the speed is 20 mm / s, the temperature is −15 ° C., and the chip is singulated into 7 mm × 7 mm chips and thermosetting protected. The film forming film was cleaved. The jig (sub ring) was attached to the support sheet to maintain the expanded state, and an adhesive sheet was attached to the side opposite to the support sheet (that is, the chip side). Thereafter, heat curing was performed under conditions of 130 ° C. for 2 hours, and the thermosetting protective film-forming film was used as a protective film.
 その後、支持シートを剥離して、シリコンチップの研削面の側からデジタル顕微鏡で観察すると、粘着剤層と保護層との間に浮き(剥がれ)のあったものはシリコンチップの外周部の色が変わっており、これにより、硬化後の浮き痕の有無を評価した。
浮き無し・・・粘着剤層と保護層との間の浮き(剥がれ)が見られない。
浮き有り・・・粘着剤層と保護層との間の浮き(剥がれ)が見られた。
After that, when the support sheet is peeled off and observed with a digital microscope from the grinding surface side of the silicon chip, the color of the outer peripheral part of the silicon chip is the one that has floated (peeled) between the adhesive layer and the protective layer. It changed, and this evaluated the presence or absence of the float after hardening.
No lifting: No lifting (peeling) between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the protective layer is observed.
Floating occurred: Floating (peeling) was observed between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the protective layer.
<ピックアップ試験>
 裏面研削済のバックグラインドテープ付きのシリコンウエハ(直径:6インチ、厚さ:150μm、研削面:♯2000)に対して、レーザーソー(ディスコ社製,DFF7361)を用いて、波長1342nmのレーザー光を研削面側から照射して、シリコンウエハ内に5mm×5mmの大きさに改質層を形成した。テープマウンター(リンテック社製ADWILL RAD-2700)を用いて、シリコンウエハの研削面に、保護膜形成用複合シートの保護膜形成用フィルムの面を70℃に加熱しながら貼付した。エキスパンダー(ディスコ社製、DDS2300)を用いて、突き上げ高さ:20mm、突き上げ速度:20mm/s、温度:-15℃にてクールエキスパンドし、支持シートにサブリングを装着して拡張された状態を固定した。これにより、5mm×5mmのチップに個片化するとともに、保護膜形成用フィルムを割断した。
<Pickup test>
Laser light with a wavelength of 1342 nm is applied to a silicon wafer with a back-grinded tape with a ground surface (diameter: 6 inches, thickness: 150 μm, ground surface: # 2000) using a laser saw (DFF 7361, manufactured by Disco Corporation). Was irradiated from the grinding surface side to form a modified layer having a size of 5 mm × 5 mm in the silicon wafer. Using a tape mounter (ADWILL RAD-2700, manufactured by Lintec Corporation), the surface of the protective film-forming film of the protective film-forming composite sheet was attached to the ground surface of the silicon wafer while heating to 70 ° C. Using an expander (Disco 2300, manufactured by Disco Corporation), the expanded state is 20 mm / s, the pushing speed is 20 mm / s, and the temperature is −15 ° C. Fixed. As a result, the film was divided into 5 mm × 5 mm chips and the protective film-forming film was cleaved.
 その後、130℃,2時間の条件で加熱硬化を行い、プッシュプルゲージ(アイコーエンジニアリング社製「MODEL-RE」)に、突き上げに用いるピンとして5号ニードル(ピン数:1ピン、「JISS3008手縫針」に規定された「絹針5号」)をセットした装置を用いて、突き上げ量:3.0mm、突き上げ速度:1mm/sとして、支持シート越しに保護膜付き半導体チップを突き上げた。支持シート側よりニードルで突き上げ、チップ欠け・チップからの保護層の剥がれの状況を下記の基準で目視評価した。 After that, heat curing was performed under conditions of 130 ° C. for 2 hours, and No. 5 needle (number of pins: 1 pin, “JISS 3008 hand-sewn needle”) was used as a push-up gauge (“MODEL-RE” manufactured by Aiko Engineering Co., Ltd.). The semiconductor chip with a protective film was pushed up over the support sheet with a push-up amount of 3.0 mm and a push-up speed of 1 mm / s. The needle was pushed up from the support sheet side, and the chip breakage / peeling of the protective layer from the chip was visually evaluated according to the following criteria.
 〇・・・10個のチップについて試験をしたうち、いずれも、チップの欠け・チップからの保護層の剥がれが見られない。
 ×・・・10個のチップについて試験をしたうち、少なくとも1個のチップについて、チップの欠け・チップからの保護層の剥がれが発生した。
◯: Of the 10 chips tested, no chip chipping or peeling of the protective layer from the chip is observed.
X: Of the 10 chips tested, chip breakage / peeling of the protective layer from the chips occurred for at least one chip.
 実施例1の保護膜形成用複合シートの粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))、及び、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))の測定の結果を、表1に示した。実施例1の保護膜形成用複合シートでは、クールエキスパンド後の観察で、図4(a)の顕微鏡像に示されるように、半導体チップが割断された境目付近に、粘着剤層と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間の浮きが生じていた。しかし、図4(b)に示されるように、その後の130℃の熱硬化の条件で浮きが消失した。また、保護膜付き半導体チップを良好にピックアップすることができた。保護膜形成用フィルムと粘着剤層との間の粘着力(硬化前)の測定結果と共に表1に示した。 The measurement result of the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. and the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the composite sheet for protective film formation of Example 1 is shown. The results are shown in Table 1. In the protective film-forming composite sheet of Example 1, the adhesive layer and the thermosetting material were observed near the boundary where the semiconductor chip was cleaved, as shown in the microscopic image of FIG. There was floating between the protective film-forming film. However, as shown in FIG. 4 (b), the float disappeared under the subsequent 130 ° C. thermosetting conditions. Moreover, the semiconductor chip with a protective film could be picked up satisfactorily. It was shown in Table 1 with the measurement result of the adhesive force (before hardening) between the film for protective film formation and an adhesive layer.
[比較例1]
<保護膜形成複合用シートの製造及び評価>
 実施例1で用いた粘着剤組成物(I-4-1)を粘着剤組成物(I-4-2)に変更したした他は、実施例1と同様にして、比較例1の保護膜形成用複合シートを作製した。
[Comparative Example 1]
<Manufacture and evaluation of protective film-forming composite sheet>
The protective film of Comparative Example 1 was the same as Example 1 except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1) used in Example 1 was changed to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-2). A forming composite sheet was prepared.
 比較例1の保護膜形成用複合シートの粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))、浮き痕発生の試験、浮き痕消失の試験、ピックアップ試験、及び、保護膜形成用フィルムと粘着剤層との間の粘着力(硬化前)の測定結果を表1に示した。 The storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C., the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C., and the test of the occurrence of floating marks of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 1 Table 1 shows the measurement results of the test for disappearance of the floating marks, the pickup test, and the adhesive strength (before curing) between the protective film-forming film and the adhesive layer.
[比較例2]
<保護膜形成複合用シートの製造及び評価>
 実施例1で用いた粘着剤組成物(I-4-1)を粘着剤組成物(I-4-3)に変更したした他は、実施例1と同様にして、比較例1の保護膜形成用複合シートを作製した。
[Comparative Example 2]
<Manufacture and evaluation of protective film-forming composite sheet>
The protective film of Comparative Example 1 was the same as Example 1 except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-1) used in Example 1 was changed to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4-3). A forming composite sheet was prepared.
 比較例2の保護膜形成用複合シートの粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))、浮き痕発生の試験、浮き痕消失の試験、ピックアップ試験、及び、保護膜形成用フィルムと粘着剤層との間の粘着力(硬化前)の測定結果を表1に示した。 Storage adhesive modulus at 70 ° C. (G ′ (70)), storage elastic modulus at 23 ° C. (G ′ (23)) of the adhesive layer of the protective film-forming composite sheet of Comparative Example 2 Table 1 shows the measurement results of the test for disappearance of the floating marks, the pickup test, and the adhesive strength (before curing) between the protective film-forming film and the adhesive layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
 表1の結果から明らかなように、実施例1の保護膜形成用複合シートを用いた半導体チップの製造では、粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.16MPa以下であり、かつ、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が0.10MPa以上であることで、クールエキスパンドした後に生じる粘着剤層と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間の浮きが、その後の130℃の熱硬化の条件で粘着剤層の低弾性率化により消失し、浮き痕を残らなくすることができ、かつ、保護膜付き半導体チップを良好にピックアップすることができた。
 比較例1の保護膜形成用複合シートを用いた半導体チップの製造では、粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.16MPa以下であるが、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が0.10MPaよりも小さいために、クールエキスパンドした後に粘着剤層と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間の浮きは、70℃の貼付条件下で消失したが、保護膜付き半導体チップが粘着剤層に密着しすぎたため、良好にピックアップできなかった。
 比較例2の保護膜形成用複合シートは、ダイシングブレードを用いて半導体ウエハを保護膜ごと分割する方法に用いられる一般的な組成の複合シートである。比較例2の保護膜形成用複合シートを用いた半導体チップの製造では、粘着剤層の、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が0.10MPa以上であるが、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.16MPaよりも大きいために、クールエキスパンドした後に生じた粘着剤層と熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとの間の浮きがその後の130℃の熱硬化の条件でも消失せず、浮き痕が残ってしまった。
As apparent from the results in Table 1, in the production of the semiconductor chip using the protective film-forming composite sheet of Example 1, the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was 0.00. It is 16MPa or less, and the storage elastic modulus (G '(23)) in 23 degreeC is 0.10MPa or more, Between the adhesive layer produced after a cool expansion, and the film for thermosetting protective film formation Can be eliminated by lowering the modulus of elasticity of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer under the subsequent heat curing conditions of 130 ° C., so that no floating marks can be left, and a semiconductor chip with a protective film can be well picked up. did it.
In the manufacture of a semiconductor chip using the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 1, the storage modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.16 MPa or less, but the storage at 23 ° C. Since the elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) is smaller than 0.10 MPa, the float between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film disappears under the 70 ° C. application condition after the cool expansion. However, since the semiconductor chip with a protective film was too close to the adhesive layer, it could not be picked up well.
The protective sheet-forming composite sheet of Comparative Example 2 is a composite sheet having a general composition used in a method of dividing a semiconductor wafer together with a protective film using a dicing blade. In the manufacture of a semiconductor chip using the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 2, the storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 0.10 MPa or more, but storage at 70 ° C. Since the elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) is larger than 0.16 MPa, the float between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the thermosetting protective film-forming film generated after the cool expansion is then thermosetting at 130 ° C. Even under the conditions of the above, it did not disappear, and the float remained.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、クールエキスパンドによる分割方法を適用する、保護膜付き半導体チップの製造に好適に利用可能である。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention can be suitably used for the production of a semiconductor chip with a protective film to which a dividing method using cool expand is applied.
 1,2・・・保護膜形成用複合シート、10・・・支持シート、10a・・・支持シートの表面、11・・・基材、11a・・・基材の表面、12・・・粘着剤層、12a・・・粘着剤層の表面、13,23・・・熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルム、13a,23a・・・熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの表面、13’,23’・・・保護膜、15・・・剥離フィルム、15a・・・剥離フィルムの表面、16・・・治具用接着剤層、17・・・リングフレーム、18・・・半導体ウエハ(シリコンウエハ)、18a・・・半導体ウエハの裏面、18c・・・改質層、19・・・半導体チップ、20・・・バックグラインドテープ、SD・・・レーザー光照射、CE・・・クールエキスパンド DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1, 2 ... Composite sheet for protective film formation, 10 ... Support sheet, 10a ... Surface of support sheet, 11 ... Base material, 11a ... Surface of base material, 12 ... Adhesion Agent layer, 12a... Surface of adhesive layer, 13, 23... Film for forming thermosetting protective film, 13a, 23a... Surface of film for forming thermosetting protective film, 13 ', 23' ... Protective film, 15 ... Release film, 15a ... Surface of release film, 16 ... Adhesive layer for jig, 17 ... Ring frame, 18 ... Semiconductor wafer (silicon wafer) , 18a ... back surface of semiconductor wafer, 18c ... modified layer, 19 ... semiconductor chip, 20 ... back grind tape, SD ... laser light irradiation, CE ... cool expanding

Claims (6)

  1.  基材と、粘着剤層と、熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムとをこの順に備え、
     前記粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.16MPa以下であり、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が0.10MPa以上である、保護膜形成用複合シート。
    A substrate, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and a thermosetting protective film-forming film are provided in this order,
    A protective film having a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (70)) at 70 ° C. of 0.16 MPa or less and a storage elastic modulus (G ′ (23)) at 23 ° C. of 0.10 MPa or more of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Composite sheet for forming.
  2.  前記粘着剤層の、70℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(70))が0.01MPa以上である、請求項1に記載の保護膜形成用複合シート。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a storage elastic modulus (G '(70)) at 70 ° C of 0.01 MPa or more.
  3.  前記粘着剤層の、23℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(23))が0.45MPa以下である、請求項1又は2に記載の保護膜形成用複合シート。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a storage elastic modulus (G '(23)) at 23 ° C of 0.45 MPa or less.
  4.  前記粘着剤層が、非エネルギー線硬化性又はエネルギー線硬化性である、請求項3に記載の保護膜形成用複合シート。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 3, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable or energy ray curable.
  5.  前記粘着剤層の厚さが、3~20μmである、請求項3又は4に記載の保護膜形成用複合シート。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 3 to 20 µm.
  6.  請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の保護膜形成用複合シートの前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムの側に半導体ウエハを積層して積層体とする工程と、
     半導体ウエハの内部にレーザー光を照射して、半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成する工程と、
     前記積層体を常温よりも低い温度でクールエキスパンドして、前記半導体ウエハ及び前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを分割する工程と、
     前記積層体の前記熱硬化性保護膜形成用フィルムを加熱硬化して保護膜とする工程と、を備える保護膜付き半導体チップの製造方法。
    A step of laminating a semiconductor wafer on the thermosetting protective film forming film side of the protective film forming composite sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 5 to form a laminate;
    Irradiating a semiconductor wafer with laser light to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer; and
    Cool expanding the laminate at a temperature lower than room temperature, and dividing the semiconductor wafer and the thermosetting protective film forming film,
    A process for producing a semiconductor chip with a protective film, comprising: heating and curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film of the laminate to form a protective film.
PCT/JP2019/009439 2018-03-09 2019-03-08 Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for producing semiconductor chip with protective film WO2019172438A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020504064A JP7182603B2 (en) 2018-03-09 2019-03-08 Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-043566 2018-03-09
JP2018043566 2018-03-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019172438A1 true WO2019172438A1 (en) 2019-09-12

Family

ID=67847295

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/009439 WO2019172438A1 (en) 2018-03-09 2019-03-08 Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for producing semiconductor chip with protective film

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7182603B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI809051B (en)
WO (1) WO2019172438A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPWO2019172439A1 (en) * 2018-03-09 2021-03-18 リンテック株式会社 Method for manufacturing composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip with protective film
CN112625273A (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-09 琳得科株式会社 Protective film-forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film
CN112625274A (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-09 琳得科株式会社 Protective film-forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film
CN112625275A (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-09 琳得科株式会社 Protective film-forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film
CN112625276A (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-09 琳得科株式会社 Protective film-forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film
CN113214745A (en) * 2020-02-06 2021-08-06 琳得科株式会社 Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for producing chip with protective film
CN113444271A (en) * 2020-03-26 2021-09-28 琳得科株式会社 Protective film forming film, composite sheet for protective film forming, and method for conveying workpiece with protective film forming film

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113725161A (en) * 2021-09-02 2021-11-30 东莞记忆存储科技有限公司 Processing technique method of 3D wafer

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014075560A (en) * 2012-10-05 2014-04-24 Lintec Corp Surface protective sheet
WO2015105002A1 (en) * 2014-01-08 2015-07-16 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for protective-film formation

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102092531B1 (en) * 2011-08-03 2020-03-24 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Gas barrier adhesive sheet, method for producing same, electronic member, and optical member
KR101722137B1 (en) * 2014-01-03 2017-03-31 주식회사 엘지화학 Dicing film and dicing die-bonding film
CN111785673A (en) * 2014-01-22 2020-10-16 琳得科株式会社 Protective film forming film, protective film forming sheet, protective film forming composite sheet, and method for producing processed product
KR102313074B1 (en) * 2016-03-24 2021-10-14 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Composite sheet for forming support sheet and protective film

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014075560A (en) * 2012-10-05 2014-04-24 Lintec Corp Surface protective sheet
WO2015105002A1 (en) * 2014-01-08 2015-07-16 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for protective-film formation

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPWO2019172439A1 (en) * 2018-03-09 2021-03-18 リンテック株式会社 Method for manufacturing composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip with protective film
JP7330166B2 (en) 2018-03-09 2023-08-21 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film
CN112625273A (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-09 琳得科株式会社 Protective film-forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film
CN112625274A (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-09 琳得科株式会社 Protective film-forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film
CN112625275A (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-09 琳得科株式会社 Protective film-forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film
CN112625276A (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-09 琳得科株式会社 Protective film-forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film
CN113214745A (en) * 2020-02-06 2021-08-06 琳得科株式会社 Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for producing chip with protective film
JP7465099B2 (en) 2020-02-06 2024-04-10 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
CN113444271A (en) * 2020-03-26 2021-09-28 琳得科株式会社 Protective film forming film, composite sheet for protective film forming, and method for conveying workpiece with protective film forming film
CN113444271B (en) * 2020-03-26 2024-03-19 琳得科株式会社 Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for conveying work with protective film forming film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7182603B2 (en) 2022-12-02
TWI809051B (en) 2023-07-21
JPWO2019172438A1 (en) 2021-03-11
TW201938725A (en) 2019-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019172438A1 (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for producing semiconductor chip with protective film
WO2018179475A1 (en) Protection film-forming composite sheet
JP6298226B1 (en) Composite sheet for protective film formation
JP6914698B2 (en) Composite sheet for resin film formation
JP7014875B2 (en) Method for manufacturing a film for forming a thermosetting protective film, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a chip
WO2019172439A1 (en) Protective film-forming composite sheet and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip provided with protective film
JP7290989B2 (en) Composite sheet for protective film formation
JPWO2017145938A1 (en) Protective film forming sheet, protective film forming sheet manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP6686241B1 (en) Protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, inspection method and identification method
JP2021040098A (en) Support sheet, film for protection film form, composite sheet for protection film formation, and method for manufacturing protection film-attached work product
JP2021002599A (en) Composite sheet for protection film formation and manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protection film
WO2017188198A1 (en) Composite sheet for forming protective coating
JP2019062108A (en) Composite sheet for resin film formation
JP2019062107A (en) Composite sheet for resin film formation
JP7465099B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
WO2020195761A1 (en) Thermosetting resin film, first protective film forming sheet, kit, and method for manufacturing first protective film-attached workpiece
JP2023031526A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, production method of work with protective film, and production method of processed article of work with protective film
JP2021040099A (en) Film for protection film formation, composite sheet for protection film formation, and method for manufacturing protection film-attached work product
JP2023147741A (en) Protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, semiconductor device manufacturing method, and use of protective film forming film
JPWO2020116288A1 (en) Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip
JP2021158181A (en) Protective film formation film, composite sheet for protective film formation, and transport method for work with protective film formation film
JP2022146567A (en) Protective membrane-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective membrane, method for producing processed workpiece with protective membrane and method for producing workpiece with protective membrane
JPWO2020175421A1 (en) Thermosetting resin film and first protective film forming sheet
JPWO2020175423A1 (en) Thermosetting resin film and first protective film forming sheet
JPWO2020116282A1 (en) Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19764555

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020504064

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19764555

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1